URL
https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_me/openrisc_me/trunk
Subversion Repositories openrisc_me
[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gcc-4.5.1/] [gcc/] [dwarf2out.c] - Rev 325
Go to most recent revision | Compare with Previous | Blame | View Log
/* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC. Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com). Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com). Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com). This file is part of GCC. GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later version. GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave out locations for types and decls. Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs. Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */ /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging information. */ /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary: CFA = Canonical Frame Address a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame. We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn. The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime. CFI = Call Frame Instruction an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine CIE = Common Information Entry information describing information common to one or more FDEs DIE = Debugging Information Entry FDE = Frame Description Entry information describing the stack call frame, in particular, how to restore registers DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */ #include "config.h" #include "system.h" #include "coretypes.h" #include "tm.h" #include "tree.h" #include "version.h" #include "flags.h" #include "real.h" #include "rtl.h" #include "hard-reg-set.h" #include "regs.h" #include "insn-config.h" #include "reload.h" #include "function.h" #include "output.h" #include "expr.h" #include "libfuncs.h" #include "except.h" #include "dwarf2.h" #include "dwarf2out.h" #include "dwarf2asm.h" #include "toplev.h" #include "varray.h" #include "ggc.h" #include "md5.h" #include "tm_p.h" #include "diagnostic.h" #include "debug.h" #include "target.h" #include "langhooks.h" #include "hashtab.h" #include "cgraph.h" #include "input.h" #include "gimple.h" #include "tree-pass.h" #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool); static rtx last_var_location_insn; #endif #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *); /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */ #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */ #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1 #else #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0 #endif #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \ (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG) # else # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0 # endif #endif /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */ #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO) #endif /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */ static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0; /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current translation unit. */ int dwarf2out_do_frame (void) { /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */ return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO && (flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS))) #endif ); } /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */ int dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void) { int enc; #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO return false; #endif if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ()) return false; if (saved_do_cfi_asm) return true; if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE) return false; /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support. In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */ enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1); if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel) return false; enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0); if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel) return false; if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE) { #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO return false; #else if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions)) return false; #endif } saved_do_cfi_asm = true; return true; } /* The size of the target's pointer type. */ #ifndef PTR_SIZE #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT) #endif /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore must be kept around forever. */ static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array; /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */ static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types; /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to define type declaration DIE's. */ static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table; /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */ static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section; static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section; /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support personality CFI. */ static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality; /* How to start an assembler comment. */ #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" #endif typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref; typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref; typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref; /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame Information instructions. The register number, offset and address fields are provided as possible operands; their use is selected by the opcode field. */ enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type { dw_cfi_oprnd_unused, dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num, dw_cfi_oprnd_offset, dw_cfi_oprnd_addr, dw_cfi_oprnd_loc }; typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct { unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num; HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset; const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr; struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc; } dw_cfi_oprnd; typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct { dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next; enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc; dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)"))) dw_cfi_oprnd1; dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)"))) dw_cfi_oprnd2; } dw_cfi_node; /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex. It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET. Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy of this structure. */ typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset; unsigned int reg; BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */ BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */ } dw_cfa_location; /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's in the DWARF generation routines below. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct { tree decl; const char *dw_fde_begin; const char *dw_fde_current_label; const char *dw_fde_end; const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label; const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label; const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label; const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label; dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi; dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */ unsigned funcdef_number; HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment; /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */ unsigned int drap_reg; /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */ unsigned int vdrap_reg; unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1; unsigned nothrow : 1; unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1; /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */ unsigned stack_realign : 1; /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */ unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1; /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */ unsigned in_std_section : 1; /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */ unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1; /* True iff switched sections. */ unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1; /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */ unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1; } dw_fde_node; /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */ #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data. Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations, but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines, Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's pointers. */ #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT) #endif /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same as PTR_SIZE. */ #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4 #endif /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */ #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8 #endif /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8 bytes. However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */ #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12) #endif /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */ #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \ ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY)) /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */ #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)) #else #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD) #endif #endif /* CIE identifier. */ #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \ (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID) #else #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID #endif /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description information for each routine. */ static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use; /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the fde_table. */ #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */ static inline dw_fde_ref current_fde (void) { return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL; } /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */ static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head; #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE associated with the current function (body) definition. */ static unsigned current_funcdef_fde; #endif struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node { const char *str; unsigned int refcount; enum dwarf_form form; char *label; }; static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash; /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference debug strings. */ static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false; static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter; static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num; /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */ static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false; /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */ static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false; static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false; /* The default cold text section. */ static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section; #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */ static char *stripattributes (const char *); static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned); static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void); static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref); static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref); static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *); static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *); static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT); #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO static void initial_return_save (rtx); #endif static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT); static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int); static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref); static void output_call_frame_info (int); static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void); static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void); static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx); static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *); /* Support for complex CFA locations. */ static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref); static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref); static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *); static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT); static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT); static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *); /* How to start an assembler comment. */ #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" #endif /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */ #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4) #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4) #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame" #endif #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB" #endif #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE" #endif #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe" #endif #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE" #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE" #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE" #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE" #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE" #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT" #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT" #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP" #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP" #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW" /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard registers. */ #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN #ifdef PC_REGNUM #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM) #else #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS #endif #endif /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By default, we just provide columns for all registers. */ #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG) #endif /* Hook used by __throw. */ rtx expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void) { unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1)); } /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */ static inline char * stripattributes (const char *s) { char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2); char *p = stripped; *p++ = '*'; while (*s && *s != ',') *p++ = *s++; *p = '\0'; return stripped; } /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */ static void init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size)); } /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */ static inline HOST_WIDE_INT div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off) { HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT; gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off); return r; } /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */ static inline bool need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off) { return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0; } /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */ void expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address) { unsigned int i; enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node); rtx addr = expand_normal (address); rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr); bool wrote_return_column = false; for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) { int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1); if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i]; HOST_WIDE_INT size; if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode)) save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true); if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN) { if (save_mode == VOIDmode) continue; wrote_return_column = true; } size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode); if (offset < 0) continue; emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), gen_int_mode (size, mode)); } } if (!wrote_return_column) init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN); #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN); #endif targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address); } /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */ static const char * dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc) { switch (cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_advance_loc: return "DW_CFA_advance_loc"; case DW_CFA_offset: return "DW_CFA_offset"; case DW_CFA_restore: return "DW_CFA_restore"; case DW_CFA_nop: return "DW_CFA_nop"; case DW_CFA_set_loc: return "DW_CFA_set_loc"; case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1"; case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2"; case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4"; case DW_CFA_offset_extended: return "DW_CFA_offset_extended"; case DW_CFA_restore_extended: return "DW_CFA_restore_extended"; case DW_CFA_undefined: return "DW_CFA_undefined"; case DW_CFA_same_value: return "DW_CFA_same_value"; case DW_CFA_register: return "DW_CFA_register"; case DW_CFA_remember_state: return "DW_CFA_remember_state"; case DW_CFA_restore_state: return "DW_CFA_restore_state"; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa"; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register"; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset"; /* DWARF 3 */ case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression"; case DW_CFA_expression: return "DW_CFA_expression"; case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf"; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf"; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf"; /* SGI/MIPS specific */ case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8"; /* GNU extensions */ case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save"; case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size"; case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended"; default: return "DW_CFA_<unknown>"; } } /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */ static inline dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void) { dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node); cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0; return cfi; } /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */ static inline void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi) { dw_cfi_ref *p; dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */ /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues, because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */ if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM) switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: gcc_unreachable (); default: break; } /* Find the end of the chain. */ for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next) ; *p = cfi; } /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */ char * dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force) { static char label[20]; if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) { /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the interfaces happy. */ strcpy (label, "<do not output>"); } else { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label); } return label; } /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */ static bool emit_cfa_remember; /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified, or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */ static void add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi) { dw_cfi_ref *list_head; if (emit_cfa_remember) { dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember; /* Emit the state save. */ emit_cfa_remember = false; cfi_remember = new_cfi (); cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state; add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember); } list_head = &cie_cfi_head; if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) { if (label) { dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); gcc_assert (fde != NULL); /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */ if (dwarf_version == 2 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)) { switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: case DW_CFA_restore_state: if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0) label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true); if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0) { dw_cfi_ref xcfi; label = xstrdup (label); /* Set the location counter to the new label. */ xcfi = new_cfi (); /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't emitted into assembly, only looked up by convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */ xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc; xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label; add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi); fde->dw_fde_current_label = label; } break; default: break; } } output_cfi_directive (cfi); list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi; } /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite sure how to address this for now. */ } else if (label) { dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); gcc_assert (fde != NULL); if (*label == 0) label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0) { dw_cfi_ref xcfi; label = xstrdup (label); /* Set the location counter to the new label. */ xcfi = new_cfi (); /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise set the location directly using set_loc. */ xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4 : DW_CFA_set_loc; xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label; add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi); fde->dw_fde_current_label = label; } list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi; } add_cfi (list_head, cfi); } /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */ static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember) { switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num; loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc); break; case DW_CFA_remember_state: gcc_assert (!remember->in_use); *remember = *loc; remember->in_use = 1; break; case DW_CFA_restore_state: gcc_assert (remember->in_use); *loc = *remember; remember->in_use = 0; break; default: break; } } /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */ static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc) { dw_cfi_ref cfi; dw_fde_ref fde; dw_cfa_location remember; memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc)); loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM; remember = *loc; for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember); fde = current_fde (); if (fde) for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember); } /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */ static dw_cfa_location cfa; /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset from the CFA. */ static dw_cfa_location cfa_store; /* The current save location around an epilogue. */ static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember; /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size; /* The last args_size we actually output. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size; /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA). LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be calculated from REG+OFFSET. */ void dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_cfa_location loc; loc.indirect = 0; loc.base_offset = 0; loc.reg = reg; loc.offset = offset; def_cfa_1 (label, &loc); } /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */ static bool cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2) { return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg && loc1->offset == loc2->offset && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect && (loc1->indirect == 0 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset)); } /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from the dw_cfa_location structure. */ static void def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p) { dw_cfi_ref cfi; dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc; cfa = *loc_p; loc = *loc_p; if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0) cfa_store.offset = loc.offset; loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg); lookup_cfa (&old_cfa); /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */ if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa)) return; cfi = new_cfi (); if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect) { /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */ if (loc.offset < 0) cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf; else cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset; } #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */ else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect) { /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction, indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the offset has not changed. */ cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg; } #endif else if (loc.indirect == 0) { /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction, indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa directive. */ if (loc.offset < 0) cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf; else cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset; } else { /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no register-offset pair is available. */ struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list; cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression; loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0); cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list; } add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); } /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number. LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA; otherwise it is saved in SREG. */ static void reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg; /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with FP. */ if (fde && fde->stack_realign && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM) { cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment); } else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM) { if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset)) cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf; else if (reg & ~0x3f) cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended; else cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset; } else if (sreg == reg) cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value; else { cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg; } add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); } /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save. This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers from the previous frame's window save area. ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */ void dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label) { dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save; add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); } /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */ void dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset); } /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */ void dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset); } /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register. LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */ void dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg) { reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0); } #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */ static void initial_return_save (rtx rtl) { unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM; HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) { case REG: /* RA is in a register. */ reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl)); break; case MEM: /* RA is on the stack. */ rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) { case REG: gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); offset = 0; break; case PLUS: gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); break; case MINUS: gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } break; case PLUS: /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */ gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))); initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0)); return; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN) reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset); } #endif /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset) { const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern); const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern); HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; enum rtx_code code; if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) { code = GET_CODE (src); /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size level to 0. */ if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx) { offset = -cur_args_size; #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD offset = -offset; #endif return offset - cur_offset; } if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS) || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) return 0; /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */ offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); if (code == PLUS) offset = -offset; return offset; } if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest)) dest = src; if (MEM_P (dest)) { /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */ src = XEXP (dest, 0); code = GET_CODE (src); switch (code) { case PRE_MODIFY: case POST_MODIFY: if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) { rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1); /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */ gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (val)); offset = -INTVAL (val); break; } return 0; case PRE_DEC: case POST_DEC: if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) { offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); break; } return 0; case PRE_INC: case POST_INC: if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) { offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); break; } return 0; default: return 0; } } else return 0; return offset; } /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them, indexed by INSN_UID. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size; /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size, VEC (rtx, heap) **next) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; int i; if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn)) { if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn)) /* Nothing */; else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0); else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE) { /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search for them. */ for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET) offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), cur_args_size, offset); } } else { rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX); if (expr) { expr = XEXP (expr, 0); if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++) { rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i); if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem)) offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset); } } } #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD offset = -offset; #endif cur_args_size += offset; if (cur_args_size < 0) cur_args_size = 0; if (JUMP_P (insn)) { rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn); if (dest) { if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0) { barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size; VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest); } } } return cur_args_size; } /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */ static void compute_barrier_args_size (void) { int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i; rtx insn; VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp; barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid); for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++) barrier_args_size[i] = -1; worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20); next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20); insn = get_insns (); barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0; VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn); for (;;) { while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist)) { rtx prev, body, first_insn; HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size; first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist); cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)]; prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev)) barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size; for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) { if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn)) continue; if (BARRIER_P (insn)) break; if (LABEL_P (insn)) { if (insn == first_insn) continue; else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0) { barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size; continue; } else { /* The insns starting with this label have been already scanned or are in the worklist. */ break; } } body = PATTERN (insn); if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE) { HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size; for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++) if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)) && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i))) dest_args_size = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i), dest_args_size, &next); else cur_args_size = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i), cur_args_size, &next); if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))) compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0), dest_args_size, &next); else cur_args_size = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0), cur_args_size, &next); } else cur_args_size = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next); } } if (VEC_empty (rtx, next)) break; /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */ tmp = next; next = worklist; worklist = tmp; VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0); } VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist); VEC_free (rtx, heap, next); } /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */ static void dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size) { dw_cfi_ref cfi; if (size == old_args_size) return; old_args_size = size; cfi = new_cfi (); cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size; cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size; add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); } /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */ static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label) { if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa.offset += offset; if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa_store.offset += offset; if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) return; #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD offset = -offset; #endif args_size += offset; if (args_size < 0) args_size = 0; def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables) dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size); } /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */ static void dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; const char *label; int i; /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */ if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn)) return; /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the effects are for the target only and so current argument size shouldn't change at all. */ if (final_sequence && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0)) && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn)) return; /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer, save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */ if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) { if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p) { /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */ insn = PATTERN (insn); if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL) insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0); if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET) insn = SET_SRC (insn); gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL); dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1))); } return; } if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p) { if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables) dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size); return; } else if (BARRIER_P (insn)) { /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only BARRIER is at the end of function. */ if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn)) compute_barrier_args_size (); if (barrier_args_size == NULL) offset = 0; else { offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)]; if (offset < 0) offset = 0; } offset -= args_size; #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD offset = -offset; #endif } else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0); else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE) { /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search for them. */ for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET) offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), args_size, offset); } else return; if (offset == 0) return; label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label); } #endif /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */ struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save { struct queued_reg_save *next; rtx reg; HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset; rtx saved_reg; }; static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves; /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */ struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data { rtx orig_reg; rtx saved_in_reg; }; /* A list of registers saved in other registers. The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a more efficient data structure. */ static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4]; static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs; #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) static const char *last_reg_save_label; /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */ static void queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { struct queued_reg_save *q; /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse order. */ for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next) if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg)) break; if (q == NULL) { q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save); q->next = queued_reg_saves; queued_reg_saves = q; } q->reg = reg; q->cfa_offset = offset; q->saved_reg = sreg; last_reg_save_label = label; } /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */ static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void) { struct queued_reg_save *q; for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) { size_t i; unsigned int reg, sreg; for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg)) break; if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs) { gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs)); num_regs_saved_in_regs++; } if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs) { regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg; regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg; } reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg)); if (q->saved_reg) sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg)); else sreg = INVALID_REGNUM; reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset); } queued_reg_saves = NULL; last_reg_save_label = NULL; } /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now have a new location for? */ static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn) { struct queued_reg_save *q; for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) { size_t i; if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn)) return true; for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn)) return true; } return false; } /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */ void dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg) { size_t i; unsigned int regno, sregno; for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg)) break; if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs) { gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs)); num_regs_saved_in_regs++; } regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg; regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg; regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)); sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg)); reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0); } /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */ static rtx reg_saved_in (rtx reg) { unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg); size_t i; struct queued_reg_save *q; for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg)) return q->reg; for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg)) return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg; return NULL_RTX; } /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer value, not an offset. */ static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp; /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label) { memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa)); switch (GET_CODE (pat)) { case PLUS: cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0)); cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1)); break; case REG: cfa.reg = REGNO (pat); break; default: /* Recurse and define an expression. */ gcc_unreachable (); } def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); } /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label) { rtx src, dest; gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET); dest = XEXP (pat, 0); src = XEXP (pat, 1); switch (GET_CODE (src)) { case PLUS: gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg); cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); break; case REG: break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0); def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); } /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; rtx src, addr, span; src = XEXP (set, 1); addr = XEXP (set, 0); gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr)); addr = XEXP (addr, 0); /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */ switch (GET_CODE (addr)) { case REG: gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg); offset = -cfa.offset; break; case PLUS: gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg); offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src); /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */ if (!span) reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset); else { /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live. Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */ int par_index; int limit; HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset; gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL); limit = XVECLEN (span, 0); for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) { rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index); reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)), INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset); span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem)); } } } /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label) { rtx src, dest; unsigned sregno, dregno; src = XEXP (set, 1); dest = XEXP (set, 0); if (src == pc_rtx) sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN; else sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)); dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest)); /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */ reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0); } /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label) { dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)); cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore); cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno; add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); } /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR, which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a register to the stack or another register. LABEL indicates the address of EXPR. This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so users need not read the source code. The High-Level Picture Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question. Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack: This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register), then the new register is the one we will be using for register saves. This also seems to work. Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a register save, and the register used to calculate the destination had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose. It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same value as in the caller. Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame. In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different register, Invariants / Summaries of Rules cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually consists of a register and an offset. cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset stores the value, which will be used to adjust the stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store, to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg. Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and cfa_temp.offset. Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg and cfa_temp.offset. Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the stack. Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the difference of the original location and cfa_store's location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used). Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX expressions to represent the location of the stored register instead of CFA+offset. The Rules "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b. "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg. Rule 1: (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg) effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> cfa.offset unchanged cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset Rule 2: (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg})) effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa_store.reg==sp Rule 3: (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>)) effects: cfa.reg = fp cfa_offset += +/- <const_int> Rule 4: (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>)) constraints: <reg1> != fp <reg1> != sp effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset Rule 5: (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg)) constraints: <reg1> != fp <reg1> != sp effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1> cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset Rule 6: (set <reg> <const_int>) effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg> cfa_temp.offset = <const_int> Rule 7: (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>)) effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int> Rule 8: (set <reg> (high <exp>)) effects: none Rule 9: (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>)) effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg> cfa_temp.offset = <const_int> Rule 10: (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>) effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int> cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp cfa.reg = sp cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset Rule 11: (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>) effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem) cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp cfa.reg = sp cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset Rule 12: (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>) effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset Rule 13: (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>) effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset Rule 14: (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>) effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) Rule 15: (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile}) effects: target-dependent Rule 16: (set sp (and: sp <const_int>)) constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1 cfa_store.offset = 0 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp Rule 17: (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int)))) effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem) Rule 18: (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp) constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM Rule 19: (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg) constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1 && cfa.offset == 0 && cfa.indirect == 0 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */ static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label) { rtx src, dest, span; HOST_WIDE_INT offset; dw_fde_ref fde; /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P flag is set in them. */ if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) { int par_index; int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0); rtx elem; /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue. It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an easy approximation that is enough for all current users: handle register saves before register assignments. */ if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL) for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) { elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index); if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0)) dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label); } for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) { elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index); if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0)) dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label); else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && par_index != 0 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem)) { /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */ HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0); if (offset != 0) dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label); } } return; } gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET); src = SET_SRC (expr); dest = SET_DEST (expr); if (REG_P (src)) { rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src); if (rsi) src = rsi; } fde = current_fde (); switch (GET_CODE (dest)) { case REG: switch (GET_CODE (src)) { /* Setting FP from SP. */ case REG: if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src)) { /* Rule 1 */ /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is relative to the current CFA register. We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */ cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg; cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset; } else { /* Saving a register in a register. */ gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)] /* For the SPARC and its register window. */ || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)); /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP if drap register is used. In this case, we have to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we don't generate this DWARF information. */ if (fde && fde->stack_realign && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM && cfa.reg != REGNO (src)); else queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0); } break; case PLUS: case MINUS: case LO_SUM: if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) { /* Rule 2 */ /* Adjusting SP. */ switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1))) { case CONST_INT: offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); break; case REG: gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) == cfa_temp.reg); offset = cfa_temp.offset; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) { /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */ gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; } else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM) /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */ ; else gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx); if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS) offset = -offset; if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa.offset += offset; if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa_store.offset += offset; } else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) { /* Rule 3 */ /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP, or adjusting the FP */ gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed); gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))); offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS) offset = -offset; cfa.offset += offset; cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM; } else { gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS); /* Rule 4 */ if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) { /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied into the FP later on. */ offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); cfa.offset += offset; cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */ cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg; cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset; } /* Rule 5 */ else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx) { /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead of SP for saving registers to the stack. */ gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest); cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset; } /* Rule 9 */ else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) { cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); } else gcc_unreachable (); } break; /* Rule 6 */ case CONST_INT: cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src); break; /* Rule 7 */ case IOR: gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))); if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg) cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); break; /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM, which will fill in all of the bits. */ /* Rule 8 */ case HIGH: break; /* Rule 15 */ case UNSPEC: case UNSPEC_VOLATILE: gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec); targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1)); return; /* Rule 16 */ case AND: /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue, we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the alignment. */ if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) { gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0))); fde->stack_realign = 1; fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); cfa_store.offset = 0; if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg; } return; default: gcc_unreachable (); } def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); break; case MEM: /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the CFA register. */ switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0))) { /* Rule 10 */ /* With a push. */ case PRE_MODIFY: /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */ gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) == CONST_INT); offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)); gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); cfa_store.offset += offset; if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset; offset = -cfa_store.offset; break; /* Rule 11 */ case PRE_INC: case PRE_DEC: offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC) offset = -offset; gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); cfa_store.offset += offset; /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a reference to represent the address of the stored regiser. */ if (fde && fde->stack_realign && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) { gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); cfa_store.offset = 0; } if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset; offset = -cfa_store.offset; break; /* Rule 12 */ /* With an offset. */ case PLUS: case MINUS: case LO_SUM: { int regno; gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))); offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)); if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS) offset = -offset; regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)); if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno) offset -= cfa_store.offset; else { gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno); offset -= cfa_temp.offset; } } break; /* Rule 13 */ /* Without an offset. */ case REG: { int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)); if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno) offset = -cfa_store.offset; else { gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno); offset = -cfa_temp.offset; } } break; /* Rule 14 */ case POST_INC: gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))); offset = -cfa_temp.offset; cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } /* Rule 17 */ /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a register, basically the source is return address. Here we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */ if (!REG_P (src)) break; if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg) { /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */ if (cfa.offset == 0) { /* Rule 19 */ /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA. Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The result of this expression equals to the original CFA value. */ if (fde && fde->stack_realign && cfa.indirect == 0 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) { dw_cfa_location cfa_exp; gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg); cfa_exp.indirect = 1; cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM; cfa_exp.base_offset = offset; cfa_exp.offset = 0; fde->drap_reg_saved = 1; def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp); break; } /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume we're saving SP like any other register; this happens on the ARM. */ def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset); break; } else { /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to calculate the CFA. */ rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0); if (!REG_P (x)) x = XEXP (x, 0); gcc_assert (REG_P (x)); cfa.reg = REGNO (x); cfa.base_offset = offset; cfa.indirect = 1; def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); break; } } def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); { span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src); if (!span) queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset); else { /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live. Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */ int par_index; int limit; HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset; gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL); limit = XVECLEN (span, 0); for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) { rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index); queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset); span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem)); } } } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted, otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */ void dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p) { const char *label; rtx note, n; bool handled_one = false; if (insn == NULL_RTX) { size_t i; /* Flush any queued register saves. */ flush_queued_reg_saves (); /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */ lookup_cfa (&cfa); gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)); cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; cfa_store = cfa; cfa_temp.reg = -1; cfa_temp.offset = 0; for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) { regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX; regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX; } num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0; if (barrier_args_size) { XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size); barrier_args_size = NULL; } return; } if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)) flush_queued_reg_saves (); if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn)) { /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but is still used to save registers. */ if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p); return; } label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note)) { case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR: insn = XEXP (note, 0); goto found; case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA: dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label); handled_one = true; break; case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA: n = XEXP (note, 0); if (n == NULL) { n = PATTERN (insn); if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); } dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label); handled_one = true; break; case REG_CFA_OFFSET: n = XEXP (note, 0); if (n == NULL) n = single_set (insn); dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label); handled_one = true; break; case REG_CFA_REGISTER: n = XEXP (note, 0); if (n == NULL) { n = PATTERN (insn); if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); } dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label); handled_one = true; break; case REG_CFA_RESTORE: n = XEXP (note, 0); if (n == NULL) { n = PATTERN (insn); if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); n = XEXP (n, 0); } dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label); handled_one = true; break; case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP: n = XEXP (note, 0); if (REG_P (n)) { dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); if (fde) { gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM); if (REG_P (n)) fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n); } } handled_one = true; break; default: break; } if (handled_one) return; insn = PATTERN (insn); found: dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label); } /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */ void dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn) { bool saw_frp = false; rtx i; /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible frame related insns. */ for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i)) { if (!INSN_P (i)) continue; /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */ if (returnjump_p (i)) break; if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i)) break; if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE) { int idx; rtx seq = PATTERN (i); if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))) break; if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)) && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))) break; for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++) if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx))) saw_frp = true; } if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i)) saw_frp = true; } /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a save/restore pair. */ if (!saw_frp) return; /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */ gcc_assert (i != NULL); i = next_real_insn (i); if (i == NULL) return; /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */ while (1) { rtx p = PREV_INSN (i); if (!NOTE_P (p)) break; if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK) break; i = p; } emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i); emit_cfa_remember = true; /* And emulate the state save. */ gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use); cfa_remember = cfa; cfa_remember.in_use = 1; } /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */ void dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void) { dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state; add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use); cfa = cfa_remember; cfa_remember.in_use = 0; } #endif /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */ static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi); static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi) { switch (cfi) { case DW_CFA_nop: case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: case DW_CFA_remember_state: case DW_CFA_restore_state: return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused; case DW_CFA_set_loc: case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr; case DW_CFA_offset: case DW_CFA_offset_extended: case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: case DW_CFA_restore: case DW_CFA_restore_extended: case DW_CFA_undefined: case DW_CFA_same_value: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: case DW_CFA_register: case DW_CFA_expression: return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */ static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi); static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi) { switch (cfi) { case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: case DW_CFA_offset: case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: case DW_CFA_offset_extended: return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset; case DW_CFA_register: return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num; case DW_CFA_expression: return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc; default: return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused; } } #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section, switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label for collect2 the first time around. */ static void switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back) { tree label; #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME if (eh_frame_section == 0) { int flags; if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY) { int fde_encoding; int per_encoding; int lsda_encoding; fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0); per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1); lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0); flags = ((! flag_pic || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned)) ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE); } else flags = SECTION_WRITE; eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL); } #endif if (eh_frame_section) switch_to_section (eh_frame_section); else { /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */ switch_to_section (data_section); if (!back) { label = get_file_function_name ("F"); ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE)); targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label)); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label)); } } } /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on FOR_EH. */ static void switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back) { if (for_eh) switch_to_eh_frame_section (back); else { if (!debug_frame_section) debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); switch_to_section (debug_frame_section); } } /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */ static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh) { unsigned long r; HOST_WIDE_INT off; if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc) dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)), "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)); else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset) { r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)), "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r); off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL); } else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore) { r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)), "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r); } else { dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc, "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)); switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_set_loc: if (for_eh) dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx ( ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0), gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr), false, NULL); else dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL); fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_offset_extended: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_restore_extended: case DW_CFA_undefined: case DW_CFA_same_value: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_register: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); break; case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: case DW_CFA_expression: output_cfa_loc (cfi); break; case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */ gcc_unreachable (); default: break; } } } /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */ static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi) { unsigned long r, r2; switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_advance_loc: case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: case DW_CFA_set_loc: /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is going to take care of this for us. */ gcc_unreachable (); case DW_CFA_offset: case DW_CFA_offset_extended: case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); break; case DW_CFA_restore: case DW_CFA_restore_extended: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r); break; case DW_CFA_undefined: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r); break; case DW_CFA_same_value: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r); break; case DW_CFA_register: r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); break; case DW_CFA_remember_state: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n"); break; case DW_CFA_restore_state: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n"); break; case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); if (flag_debug_asm) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); break; case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n"); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: case DW_CFA_expression: fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc); output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap); /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */ static void output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh) { struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf; dw_cfi_ref cfi2; dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL; VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32); unsigned int len, idx; for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop) { case DW_CFA_advance_loc: case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: case DW_CFA_set_loc: /* All advances should be ignored. */ break; case DW_CFA_remember_state: { dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size; /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and .cfi_restore_state. */ for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next) if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state) break; else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size) args_size = cfi2; else gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state); if (cfi2 == NULL) goto flush_all; else { cfi = cfi2; cfi_args_size = args_size; } break; } case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: cfi_args_size = cfi; break; case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: goto flush_all; case DW_CFA_offset: case DW_CFA_offset_extended: case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: case DW_CFA_restore: case DW_CFA_restore_extended: case DW_CFA_undefined: case DW_CFA_same_value: case DW_CFA_register: case DW_CFA_val_offset: case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf: case DW_CFA_expression: case DW_CFA_val_expression: case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num) VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1); VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi); break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: cfi_cfa = cfi; cfi_cfa_offset = cfi; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: cfi_cfa = cfi; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: cfi_cfa_offset = cfi; break; case DW_CFA_nop: gcc_assert (cfi == NULL); flush_all: len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs); for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++) { cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL); if (cfi2 != NULL && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended) { if (do_cfi_asm) output_cfi_directive (cfi2); else output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh); } } if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa) { gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression); cfi_buf = *cfi_cfa; switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa; cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf; cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1; break; case DW_CFA_def_cfa: case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc; cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } cfi_cfa = &cfi_buf; } else if (cfi_cfa_offset) cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset; if (cfi_cfa) { if (do_cfi_asm) output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa); else output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh); } cfi_cfa = NULL; cfi_cfa_offset = NULL; if (cfi_args_size && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset) { if (do_cfi_asm) output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size); else output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh); } cfi_args_size = NULL; if (cfi == NULL) { VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs); return; } else if (do_cfi_asm) output_cfi_directive (cfi); else output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Output one FDE. */ static void output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second, char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation, bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding) { const char *begin, *end; static unsigned int j; char l1[20], l2[20]; dw_cfi_ref cfi; targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0); targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + j); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j); if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value" " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, "FDE Length"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); if (for_eh) dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset"); else dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label, debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset"); if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections) { begin = fde->dw_fde_begin; end = fde->dw_fde_end; } else { /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter might be separated from the real start of the function by alignment padding. */ if (!second) begin = fde->dw_fde_begin; else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot) begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label; else begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label; if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot) end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label; else end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label; } if (for_eh) { rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin); SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL; dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false, "FDE initial location"); dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding), end, begin, "FDE address range"); } else { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range"); } if (augmentation[0]) { if (any_lsda_needed) { int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding); if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) { int offset = ( 4 /* Length */ + 4 /* CIE offset */ + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding) + 1 /* Augmentation size */ ); int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1); size += pad; gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1); } dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size"); if (fde->uses_eh_lsda) { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA", fde->funcdef_number); dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1), false, "Language Specific Data Area"); } else { if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE)); dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)"); } } else dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size"); } /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */ fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin; if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections) for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); else if (!second) { if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) { output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) break; } } else { dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi; if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) { cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next; fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL; output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh); fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next; } for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); } /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables, do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to cope with -ffunction-sections. */ #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and switch *back* into the table section. */ switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl)); ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label); switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true); #endif /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); j += 2; } /* Output the call frame information used to record information that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the location of saved registers. */ static void output_call_frame_info (int for_eh) { unsigned int i; dw_fde_ref fde; dw_cfi_ref cfi; char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20]; bool any_lsda_needed = false; char augmentation[6]; int augmentation_size; int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; int return_reg; rtx personality = NULL; int dw_cie_version; /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */ if (fde_table_in_use == 0) return; /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */ if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) return; /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit specialization doesn't. */ if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions && for_eh) for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++) if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls) && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl)) targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 1); /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */ if (for_eh) { bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables; for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++) if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda) any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true; else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl)) any_eh_needed = true; else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls) any_eh_needed = true; if (! any_eh_needed) return; } /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */ if (flag_debug_asm) app_enable (); /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */ switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label); /* Output the CIE. */ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh); if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, "Length of Common Information Entry"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH, use 0 to identify the CIE. */ dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE), (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID), "CIE Identifier Tag"); /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results due to overflowing the return register column. */ return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh); dw_cie_version = 1; if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2) dw_cie_version = 3; dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version"); augmentation[0] = 0; augmentation_size = 0; personality = current_unit_personality; if (for_eh) { char *p; /* Augmentation: z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the augmentation section. L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation. R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for FDE code pointers. P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */ fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0); per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1); lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0); p = augmentation + 1; if (personality) { *p++ = 'P'; augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding); assemble_external_libcall (personality); } if (any_lsda_needed) { *p++ = 'L'; augmentation_size += 1; } if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr) { *p++ = 'R'; augmentation_size += 1; } if (p > augmentation + 1) { augmentation[0] = 'z'; *p = '\0'; } /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */ if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) { int offset = ( 4 /* Length */ + 4 /* CIE Id */ + 1 /* CIE version */ + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */ + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */ + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT) + 1 /* RA column */ + 1 /* Augmentation size */ + 1 /* Personality encoding */ ); int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1); augmentation_size += pad; /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */ gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1); } } dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor"); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, "CIE Data Alignment Factor"); if (dw_cie_version == 1) dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column"); else dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column"); if (augmentation[0]) { dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size"); if (personality) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)", eh_data_format_name (per_encoding)); dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding, personality, true, NULL); } if (any_lsda_needed) dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)", eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding)); if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr) dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)", eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding)); } for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh); /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */ for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++) { unsigned int k; fde = &fde_table[i]; /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */ if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls) && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl)) && !fde->uses_eh_lsda) continue; for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++) output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding, augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding); } if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table"); #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */ ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0); #endif /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */ if (flag_debug_asm) app_disable (); } /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */ static void dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second) { int enc; rtx ref; rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n"); if (personality) { enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1); ref = personality; /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any of the weirder relocation types. */ if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect) ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc); output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); } if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda) { char lab[20]; enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA", current_function_funcdef_no); ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab); SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL; if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect) ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true); fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc); output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); } } /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before the prologue. */ void dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; char * dup_label; dw_fde_ref fde; section *fnsec; current_function_func_begin_label = NULL; #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */ if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS) && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ()) return; #else if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ()) return; #endif fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl); switch_to_section (fnsec); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); dup_label = xstrdup (label); current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label; #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */ if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ()) return; #endif /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */ if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated) { fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT; fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated); memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node)); } /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */ current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use; /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */ fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++]; fde->decl = current_function_decl; fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label; fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label; fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL; fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL; fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL; fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL; fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0; fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0; fde->dw_fde_end = NULL; fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL; fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL; fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no; fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow; fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda; fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls; fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM; fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM; if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition) { section *unlikelysec; if (first_function_block_is_cold) fde->in_std_section = 1; else fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section)); unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section (); fde->cold_in_std_section = (unlikelysec == text_section || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section)); } else { fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section)); fde->cold_in_std_section = 0; } args_size = old_args_size = 0; /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */ #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO if (file) dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true); #endif if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false); else { rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl); if (!current_unit_personality) current_unit_personality = personality; /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current function anymore. */ if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality) sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers " "supporting .cfi.personality directive."); } } /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has been generated. */ void dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { dw_fde_ref fde; char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX; #endif if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n"); /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this function. */ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label); fde = current_fde (); gcc_assert (fde != NULL); fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label); } void dwarf2out_frame_init (void) { /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */ fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT); fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT; fde_table_in_use = 0; /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the sake of lookup_cfa. */ /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */ dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET); #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO) initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX); #endif } void dwarf2out_frame_finish (void) { /* Output call frame information. */ if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO) output_call_frame_info (0); #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */ if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)) output_call_frame_info (1); #endif } /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */ static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void) { section *sec = current_function_section (); if (sec == text_section) text_section_used = true; else if (sec == cold_text_section) cold_text_section_used = true; } void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void) { dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections); fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1; fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p; fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label; fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label; fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label; fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label; have_multiple_function_sections = true; /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */ fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL; /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */ if (cold_text_section != NULL) dwarf2out_note_section_used (); if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n"); /* Now do the real section switch. */ switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) { dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true); /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions again. */ output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true); } else { dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; if (cfi) while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL) cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next; fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi; } } #endif /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary for emitting location expressions. */ /* Data about a single source file. */ struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data { const char * filename; int emitted_number; }; typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref; typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref; typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref; typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref; typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref; typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct { tree variable; dw_die_ref die; } deferred_locations; DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc); static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list; DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap); /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this implementation are listed below. */ enum dw_val_class { dw_val_class_addr, dw_val_class_offset, dw_val_class_loc, dw_val_class_loc_list, dw_val_class_range_list, dw_val_class_const, dw_val_class_unsigned_const, dw_val_class_const_double, dw_val_class_vec, dw_val_class_flag, dw_val_class_die_ref, dw_val_class_fde_ref, dw_val_class_lbl_id, dw_val_class_lineptr, dw_val_class_str, dw_val_class_macptr, dw_val_class_file, dw_val_class_data8 }; /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct { unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array; unsigned length; unsigned elt_size; } dw_vec_const; /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is represented internally. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct { enum dw_val_class val_class; union dw_val_struct_union { rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset; dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list; dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc; HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned; double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double; dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec; struct dw_val_die_union { dw_die_ref die; int external; } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref; unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index; struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str; char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id; unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag; struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file; unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8]; } GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v; } dw_val_node; /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine operations. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct { dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next; ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8; /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */ unsigned int dtprel : 1; int dw_loc_addr; dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1; dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2; } dw_loc_descr_node; /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range, so you can track variables that are in different places over their entire life. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct { dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next; const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */ const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */ char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. Only on head of list */ const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */ dw_loc_descr_ref expr; } dw_loc_list_node; #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT); /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */ static const char * dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op) { switch (op) { case DW_OP_addr: return "DW_OP_addr"; case DW_OP_deref: return "DW_OP_deref"; case DW_OP_const1u: return "DW_OP_const1u"; case DW_OP_const1s: return "DW_OP_const1s"; case DW_OP_const2u: return "DW_OP_const2u"; case DW_OP_const2s: return "DW_OP_const2s"; case DW_OP_const4u: return "DW_OP_const4u"; case DW_OP_const4s: return "DW_OP_const4s"; case DW_OP_const8u: return "DW_OP_const8u"; case DW_OP_const8s: return "DW_OP_const8s"; case DW_OP_constu: return "DW_OP_constu"; case DW_OP_consts: return "DW_OP_consts"; case DW_OP_dup: return "DW_OP_dup"; case DW_OP_drop: return "DW_OP_drop"; case DW_OP_over: return "DW_OP_over"; case DW_OP_pick: return "DW_OP_pick"; case DW_OP_swap: return "DW_OP_swap"; case DW_OP_rot: return "DW_OP_rot"; case DW_OP_xderef: return "DW_OP_xderef"; case DW_OP_abs: return "DW_OP_abs"; case DW_OP_and: return "DW_OP_and"; case DW_OP_div: return "DW_OP_div"; case DW_OP_minus: return "DW_OP_minus"; case DW_OP_mod: return "DW_OP_mod"; case DW_OP_mul: return "DW_OP_mul"; case DW_OP_neg: return "DW_OP_neg"; case DW_OP_not: return "DW_OP_not"; case DW_OP_or: return "DW_OP_or"; case DW_OP_plus: return "DW_OP_plus"; case DW_OP_plus_uconst: return "DW_OP_plus_uconst"; case DW_OP_shl: return "DW_OP_shl"; case DW_OP_shr: return "DW_OP_shr"; case DW_OP_shra: return "DW_OP_shra"; case DW_OP_xor: return "DW_OP_xor"; case DW_OP_bra: return "DW_OP_bra"; case DW_OP_eq: return "DW_OP_eq"; case DW_OP_ge: return "DW_OP_ge"; case DW_OP_gt: return "DW_OP_gt"; case DW_OP_le: return "DW_OP_le"; case DW_OP_lt: return "DW_OP_lt"; case DW_OP_ne: return "DW_OP_ne"; case DW_OP_skip: return "DW_OP_skip"; case DW_OP_lit0: return "DW_OP_lit0"; case DW_OP_lit1: return "DW_OP_lit1"; case DW_OP_lit2: return "DW_OP_lit2"; case DW_OP_lit3: return "DW_OP_lit3"; case DW_OP_lit4: return "DW_OP_lit4"; case DW_OP_lit5: return "DW_OP_lit5"; case DW_OP_lit6: return "DW_OP_lit6"; case DW_OP_lit7: return "DW_OP_lit7"; case DW_OP_lit8: return "DW_OP_lit8"; case DW_OP_lit9: return "DW_OP_lit9"; case DW_OP_lit10: return "DW_OP_lit10"; case DW_OP_lit11: return "DW_OP_lit11"; case DW_OP_lit12: return "DW_OP_lit12"; case DW_OP_lit13: return "DW_OP_lit13"; case DW_OP_lit14: return "DW_OP_lit14"; case DW_OP_lit15: return "DW_OP_lit15"; case DW_OP_lit16: return "DW_OP_lit16"; case DW_OP_lit17: return "DW_OP_lit17"; case DW_OP_lit18: return "DW_OP_lit18"; case DW_OP_lit19: return "DW_OP_lit19"; case DW_OP_lit20: return "DW_OP_lit20"; case DW_OP_lit21: return "DW_OP_lit21"; case DW_OP_lit22: return "DW_OP_lit22"; case DW_OP_lit23: return "DW_OP_lit23"; case DW_OP_lit24: return "DW_OP_lit24"; case DW_OP_lit25: return "DW_OP_lit25"; case DW_OP_lit26: return "DW_OP_lit26"; case DW_OP_lit27: return "DW_OP_lit27"; case DW_OP_lit28: return "DW_OP_lit28"; case DW_OP_lit29: return "DW_OP_lit29"; case DW_OP_lit30: return "DW_OP_lit30"; case DW_OP_lit31: return "DW_OP_lit31"; case DW_OP_reg0: return "DW_OP_reg0"; case DW_OP_reg1: return "DW_OP_reg1"; case DW_OP_reg2: return "DW_OP_reg2"; case DW_OP_reg3: return "DW_OP_reg3"; case DW_OP_reg4: return "DW_OP_reg4"; case DW_OP_reg5: return "DW_OP_reg5"; case DW_OP_reg6: return "DW_OP_reg6"; case DW_OP_reg7: return "DW_OP_reg7"; case DW_OP_reg8: return "DW_OP_reg8"; case DW_OP_reg9: return "DW_OP_reg9"; case DW_OP_reg10: return "DW_OP_reg10"; case DW_OP_reg11: return "DW_OP_reg11"; case DW_OP_reg12: return "DW_OP_reg12"; case DW_OP_reg13: return "DW_OP_reg13"; case DW_OP_reg14: return "DW_OP_reg14"; case DW_OP_reg15: return "DW_OP_reg15"; case DW_OP_reg16: return "DW_OP_reg16"; case DW_OP_reg17: return "DW_OP_reg17"; case DW_OP_reg18: return "DW_OP_reg18"; case DW_OP_reg19: return "DW_OP_reg19"; case DW_OP_reg20: return "DW_OP_reg20"; case DW_OP_reg21: return "DW_OP_reg21"; case DW_OP_reg22: return "DW_OP_reg22"; case DW_OP_reg23: return "DW_OP_reg23"; case DW_OP_reg24: return "DW_OP_reg24"; case DW_OP_reg25: return "DW_OP_reg25"; case DW_OP_reg26: return "DW_OP_reg26"; case DW_OP_reg27: return "DW_OP_reg27"; case DW_OP_reg28: return "DW_OP_reg28"; case DW_OP_reg29: return "DW_OP_reg29"; case DW_OP_reg30: return "DW_OP_reg30"; case DW_OP_reg31: return "DW_OP_reg31"; case DW_OP_breg0: return "DW_OP_breg0"; case DW_OP_breg1: return "DW_OP_breg1"; case DW_OP_breg2: return "DW_OP_breg2"; case DW_OP_breg3: return "DW_OP_breg3"; case DW_OP_breg4: return "DW_OP_breg4"; case DW_OP_breg5: return "DW_OP_breg5"; case DW_OP_breg6: return "DW_OP_breg6"; case DW_OP_breg7: return "DW_OP_breg7"; case DW_OP_breg8: return "DW_OP_breg8"; case DW_OP_breg9: return "DW_OP_breg9"; case DW_OP_breg10: return "DW_OP_breg10"; case DW_OP_breg11: return "DW_OP_breg11"; case DW_OP_breg12: return "DW_OP_breg12"; case DW_OP_breg13: return "DW_OP_breg13"; case DW_OP_breg14: return "DW_OP_breg14"; case DW_OP_breg15: return "DW_OP_breg15"; case DW_OP_breg16: return "DW_OP_breg16"; case DW_OP_breg17: return "DW_OP_breg17"; case DW_OP_breg18: return "DW_OP_breg18"; case DW_OP_breg19: return "DW_OP_breg19"; case DW_OP_breg20: return "DW_OP_breg20"; case DW_OP_breg21: return "DW_OP_breg21"; case DW_OP_breg22: return "DW_OP_breg22"; case DW_OP_breg23: return "DW_OP_breg23"; case DW_OP_breg24: return "DW_OP_breg24"; case DW_OP_breg25: return "DW_OP_breg25"; case DW_OP_breg26: return "DW_OP_breg26"; case DW_OP_breg27: return "DW_OP_breg27"; case DW_OP_breg28: return "DW_OP_breg28"; case DW_OP_breg29: return "DW_OP_breg29"; case DW_OP_breg30: return "DW_OP_breg30"; case DW_OP_breg31: return "DW_OP_breg31"; case DW_OP_regx: return "DW_OP_regx"; case DW_OP_fbreg: return "DW_OP_fbreg"; case DW_OP_bregx: return "DW_OP_bregx"; case DW_OP_piece: return "DW_OP_piece"; case DW_OP_deref_size: return "DW_OP_deref_size"; case DW_OP_xderef_size: return "DW_OP_xderef_size"; case DW_OP_nop: return "DW_OP_nop"; case DW_OP_push_object_address: return "DW_OP_push_object_address"; case DW_OP_call2: return "DW_OP_call2"; case DW_OP_call4: return "DW_OP_call4"; case DW_OP_call_ref: return "DW_OP_call_ref"; case DW_OP_implicit_value: return "DW_OP_implicit_value"; case DW_OP_stack_value: return "DW_OP_stack_value"; case DW_OP_form_tls_address: return "DW_OP_form_tls_address"; case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa: return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa"; case DW_OP_bit_piece: return "DW_OP_bit_piece"; case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address: return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address"; case DW_OP_GNU_uninit: return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit"; case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr: return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr"; default: return "OP_<unknown>"; } } /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */ static inline dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2) { dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node); descr->dw_loc_opc = op; descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1; descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2; return descr; } /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for REG and OFFSET. */ static inline dw_loc_descr_ref new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { if (reg <= 31) return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg), offset, 0); else return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset); } /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */ static inline void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr) { dw_loc_descr_ref *d; /* Find the end of the chain. */ for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next) ; *d = descr; } /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */ static void loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; HOST_WIDE_INT *p; gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL); if (!offset) return; /* Find the end of the chain. */ for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) ; p = NULL; if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31)) p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx) p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int; /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */ if (p != NULL && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset) || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset))) *p += offset; else if (offset > 0) loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0); else { loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset); add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); } } #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */ static void loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_loc_list_ref d; for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next) loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset); } #endif /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */ static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { unsigned long size = 1; switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) { case DW_OP_addr: size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; break; case DW_OP_const1u: case DW_OP_const1s: size += 1; break; case DW_OP_const2u: case DW_OP_const2s: size += 2; break; case DW_OP_const4u: case DW_OP_const4s: size += 4; break; case DW_OP_const8u: case DW_OP_const8s: size += 8; break; case DW_OP_constu: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); break; case DW_OP_consts: size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_pick: size += 1; break; case DW_OP_plus_uconst: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); break; case DW_OP_skip: case DW_OP_bra: size += 2; break; case DW_OP_breg0: case DW_OP_breg1: case DW_OP_breg2: case DW_OP_breg3: case DW_OP_breg4: case DW_OP_breg5: case DW_OP_breg6: case DW_OP_breg7: case DW_OP_breg8: case DW_OP_breg9: case DW_OP_breg10: case DW_OP_breg11: case DW_OP_breg12: case DW_OP_breg13: case DW_OP_breg14: case DW_OP_breg15: case DW_OP_breg16: case DW_OP_breg17: case DW_OP_breg18: case DW_OP_breg19: case DW_OP_breg20: case DW_OP_breg21: case DW_OP_breg22: case DW_OP_breg23: case DW_OP_breg24: case DW_OP_breg25: case DW_OP_breg26: case DW_OP_breg27: case DW_OP_breg28: case DW_OP_breg29: case DW_OP_breg30: case DW_OP_breg31: size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_regx: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); break; case DW_OP_fbreg: size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_bregx: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_piece: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); break; case DW_OP_deref_size: case DW_OP_xderef_size: size += 1; break; case DW_OP_call2: size += 2; break; case DW_OP_call4: size += 4; break; case DW_OP_call_ref: size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; break; case DW_OP_implicit_value: size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned) + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned; break; default: break; } return size; } /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */ static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { dw_loc_descr_ref l; unsigned long size; /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */ for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next) { if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra) break; size += size_of_loc_descr (l); } if (! l) return size; for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next) { l->dw_loc_addr = size; size += size_of_loc_descr (l); } return size; } #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned); #endif /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */ static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1; dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2; switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) { #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO case DW_OP_const2u: case DW_OP_const2s: dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_const4u: case DW_OP_const4s: dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_const8u: case DW_OP_const8s: gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64); dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_skip: case DW_OP_bra: { int offset; gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc); offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3); dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL); } break; case DW_OP_implicit_value: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); switch (val2->val_class) { case dw_val_class_const: dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL); break; case dw_val_class_vec: { unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size; unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length; unsigned int i; unsigned char *p; if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) { elt_size /= 2; len *= 2; } for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array; i < len; i++, p += elt_size) dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size), "fp or vector constant word %u", i); } break; case dw_val_class_const_double: { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second; if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { first = val2->v.val_double.high; second = val2->v.val_double.low; } else { first = val2->v.val_double.low; second = val2->v.val_double.high; } dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, first, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, second, NULL); } break; case dw_val_class_addr: gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } break; #else case DW_OP_const2u: case DW_OP_const2s: case DW_OP_const4u: case DW_OP_const4s: case DW_OP_const8u: case DW_OP_const8s: case DW_OP_skip: case DW_OP_bra: case DW_OP_implicit_value: /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're only doing unwinding. */ gcc_unreachable (); #endif case DW_OP_const1u: case DW_OP_const1s: dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_constu: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); break; case DW_OP_consts: dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_pick: dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_plus_uconst: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); break; case DW_OP_breg0: case DW_OP_breg1: case DW_OP_breg2: case DW_OP_breg3: case DW_OP_breg4: case DW_OP_breg5: case DW_OP_breg6: case DW_OP_breg7: case DW_OP_breg8: case DW_OP_breg9: case DW_OP_breg10: case DW_OP_breg11: case DW_OP_breg12: case DW_OP_breg13: case DW_OP_breg14: case DW_OP_breg15: case DW_OP_breg16: case DW_OP_breg17: case DW_OP_breg18: case DW_OP_breg19: case DW_OP_breg20: case DW_OP_breg21: case DW_OP_breg22: case DW_OP_breg23: case DW_OP_breg24: case DW_OP_breg25: case DW_OP_breg26: case DW_OP_breg27: case DW_OP_breg28: case DW_OP_breg29: case DW_OP_breg30: case DW_OP_breg31: dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_regx: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); break; case DW_OP_fbreg: dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_bregx: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_piece: dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); break; case DW_OP_deref_size: case DW_OP_xderef_size: dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); break; case DW_OP_addr: if (loc->dtprel) { if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) { targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); } else gcc_unreachable (); } else { #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL); #else gcc_unreachable (); #endif } break; default: /* Other codes have no operands. */ break; } } /* Output a sequence of location operations. */ static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) { /* Output the opcode. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc, "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc)); /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */ output_loc_operands (loc); } } /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */ static void output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1; dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2; switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) { case DW_OP_addr: case DW_OP_implicit_value: /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */ gcc_unreachable (); case DW_OP_const1u: case DW_OP_const1s: case DW_OP_pick: case DW_OP_deref_size: case DW_OP_xderef_size: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_const2u: case DW_OP_const2s: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_const4u: case DW_OP_const4s: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_const8u: case DW_OP_const8s: gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64); fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_skip: case DW_OP_bra: { int offset; gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc); offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3); fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset); } break; case DW_OP_constu: case DW_OP_plus_uconst: case DW_OP_regx: case DW_OP_piece: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned); break; case DW_OP_consts: case DW_OP_breg0: case DW_OP_breg1: case DW_OP_breg2: case DW_OP_breg3: case DW_OP_breg4: case DW_OP_breg5: case DW_OP_breg6: case DW_OP_breg7: case DW_OP_breg8: case DW_OP_breg9: case DW_OP_breg10: case DW_OP_breg11: case DW_OP_breg12: case DW_OP_breg13: case DW_OP_breg14: case DW_OP_breg15: case DW_OP_breg16: case DW_OP_breg17: case DW_OP_breg18: case DW_OP_breg19: case DW_OP_breg20: case DW_OP_breg21: case DW_OP_breg22: case DW_OP_breg23: case DW_OP_breg24: case DW_OP_breg25: case DW_OP_breg26: case DW_OP_breg27: case DW_OP_breg28: case DW_OP_breg29: case DW_OP_breg30: case DW_OP_breg31: case DW_OP_fbreg: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int); break; case DW_OP_bregx: fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned); fputc (',', asm_out_file); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int); break; default: /* Other codes have no operands. */ break; } } static void output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { while (1) { /* Output the opcode. */ fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc); output_loc_operands_raw (loc); if (!loc->dw_loc_next) break; loc = loc->dw_loc_next; fputc (',', asm_out_file); } } /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */ static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; unsigned long size; if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL); loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc; } else loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc; /* Output the size of the block. */ size = size_of_locs (loc); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL); /* Now output the operations themselves. */ output_loc_sequence (loc); } /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */ static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; unsigned long size; if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression) { fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num); loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc; } else loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc; /* Output the size of the block. */ size = size_of_locs (loc); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size); fputc (',', asm_out_file); /* Now output the operations themselves. */ output_loc_sequence_raw (loc); } /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the expression. */ static struct dw_loc_descr_struct * build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp; offset += cfa->offset; if (cfa->indirect) { head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset); head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const; tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&head, tmp); if (offset != 0) { tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0); add_loc_descr (&head, tmp); } } else head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset); return head; } /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to ALIGNMENT byte. */ static struct dw_loc_descr_struct * build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment) { struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head; unsigned int dwarf_fp = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */ if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0) { head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0); add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment)); add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset); } else head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset); return head; } /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location descriptor sequence. */ static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc) { struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr; cfa->offset = 0; cfa->base_offset = 0; cfa->indirect = 0; cfa->reg = -1; for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next) { enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc; switch (op) { case DW_OP_reg0: case DW_OP_reg1: case DW_OP_reg2: case DW_OP_reg3: case DW_OP_reg4: case DW_OP_reg5: case DW_OP_reg6: case DW_OP_reg7: case DW_OP_reg8: case DW_OP_reg9: case DW_OP_reg10: case DW_OP_reg11: case DW_OP_reg12: case DW_OP_reg13: case DW_OP_reg14: case DW_OP_reg15: case DW_OP_reg16: case DW_OP_reg17: case DW_OP_reg18: case DW_OP_reg19: case DW_OP_reg20: case DW_OP_reg21: case DW_OP_reg22: case DW_OP_reg23: case DW_OP_reg24: case DW_OP_reg25: case DW_OP_reg26: case DW_OP_reg27: case DW_OP_reg28: case DW_OP_reg29: case DW_OP_reg30: case DW_OP_reg31: cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0; break; case DW_OP_regx: cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; break; case DW_OP_breg0: case DW_OP_breg1: case DW_OP_breg2: case DW_OP_breg3: case DW_OP_breg4: case DW_OP_breg5: case DW_OP_breg6: case DW_OP_breg7: case DW_OP_breg8: case DW_OP_breg9: case DW_OP_breg10: case DW_OP_breg11: case DW_OP_breg12: case DW_OP_breg13: case DW_OP_breg14: case DW_OP_breg15: case DW_OP_breg16: case DW_OP_breg17: case DW_OP_breg18: case DW_OP_breg19: case DW_OP_breg20: case DW_OP_breg21: case DW_OP_breg22: case DW_OP_breg23: case DW_OP_breg24: case DW_OP_breg25: case DW_OP_breg26: case DW_OP_breg27: case DW_OP_breg28: case DW_OP_breg29: case DW_OP_breg30: case DW_OP_breg31: cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0; cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; break; case DW_OP_bregx: cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int; break; case DW_OP_deref: cfa->indirect = 1; break; case DW_OP_plus_uconst: cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned; break; default: internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented", dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc)); } } } #endif /* .debug_frame support */ /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */ #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* .debug_str support. */ static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *); static void dwarf2out_init (const char *); static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *); static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void); static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *); static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *); static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *); static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned); static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree); static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned); static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned); static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree); static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree); static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int); static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool); static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree); static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx); static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree); static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int); static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx); static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int); static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree); static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree); /* The debug hooks structure. */ const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks = { dwarf2out_init, dwarf2out_finish, dwarf2out_assembly_start, dwarf2out_define, dwarf2out_undef, dwarf2out_start_source_file, dwarf2out_end_source_file, dwarf2out_begin_block, dwarf2out_end_block, dwarf2out_ignore_block, dwarf2out_source_line, dwarf2out_begin_prologue, debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */ dwarf2out_end_epilogue, dwarf2out_begin_function, debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */ dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */ dwarf2out_global_decl, dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */ dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl, debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */ /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not emitting the abstract description of inline functions until something tries to reference them. */ dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */ debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */ debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */ dwarf2out_var_location, dwarf2out_switch_text_section, dwarf2out_direct_call, dwarf2out_virtual_call_token, dwarf2out_copy_call_info, dwarf2out_virtual_call, dwarf2out_set_name, 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */ }; #endif /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE' throughout the remainder of this file. */ /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal representation is done after the entire program has been compiled. The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */ /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the .debug_info section to refer to each other. */ typedef long int dw_offset; /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */ typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref; typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref; typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref; typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref; typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref; typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref; typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref; /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and line number associated with the label generated for that entry. The label gives the PC value associated with the line number entry. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct { unsigned long dw_file_num; unsigned long dw_line_num; } dw_line_info_entry; /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its own sequence. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct { unsigned long dw_file_num; unsigned long dw_line_num; unsigned long function; } dw_separate_line_info_entry; /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind, a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value. Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct { enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr; dw_val_node dw_attr_val; } dw_attr_node; DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc); /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree. The children of each node form a circular list linked by die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */ typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct { enum dwarf_tag die_tag; union die_symbol_or_type_node { char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol; comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node; } GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id; VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr; dw_die_ref die_parent; dw_die_ref die_child; dw_die_ref die_sib; dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */ dw_offset die_offset; unsigned long die_abbrev; int die_mark; /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */ int die_perennial_p; unsigned int decl_id; } die_node; /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */ #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \ c = die->die_child; \ if (c) do { \ c = c->die_sib; \ expr; \ } while (c != die->die_child); \ } while (0) /* The pubname structure */ typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct { dw_die_ref die; const char *name; } pubname_entry; DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc); struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct { /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */ int num; }; struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct { const char *begin; const char *end; }; /* The comdat type node structure. */ typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct { dw_die_ref root_die; dw_die_ref type_die; char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE]; struct comdat_type_struct *next; } comdat_type_node; /* The limbo die list structure. */ typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct { dw_die_ref die; tree created_for; struct limbo_die_struct *next; } limbo_die_node; typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct { dw_die_ref old_die; dw_die_ref new_die; struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent; } skeleton_chain_node; /* How to start an assembler comment. */ #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" #endif /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was implicitly generated for a tagged type. Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created. These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */ #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \ (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \ || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \ && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \ && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \ /* This is necessary for stub decls that \ appear in nested inline functions. */ \ || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \ && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \ == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))))))) /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming language, and compiler version. */ /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */ #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \ (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3) /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */ #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \ (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \ + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */ #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2) /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */ #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \ (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \ DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \ - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE) /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be aligned to twice the pointer size. */ #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \ (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \ DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \ - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4)) /* Use assembler line directives if available. */ #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1 #else #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0 #endif #endif /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode. This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */ #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */ #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */ #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1) /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag. In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as the beginning of a source statement, because that information is not made available by the GCC front-end. */ #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */ #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1 #endif #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */ static unsigned long next_die_offset; #endif /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */ static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die; /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */ static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list; /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */ static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list; /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */ static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name; /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */ static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table; /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations. The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */ static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table; /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks. The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */ static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table; typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct { dw_die_ref die; tree arg; } die_arg_entry; DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc); /* Node of the variable location list. */ struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node { rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note; const char * GTY (()) label; struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next; }; /* Variable location list. */ struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def { struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first; /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because it is marked through the chain. */ struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last; /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */ unsigned int decl_id; }; typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list; /* Table of decl location linked lists. */ static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table; /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */ static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use; /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the abbrev_die_table. */ #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */ static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated"))) dw_line_info_ref line_info_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use; /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */ static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated"))) dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use; /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the line_info_table. */ #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly accessible names. */ static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table; /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly accessible types. */ static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table; /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */ static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use; /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the arange_table. */ #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */ static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table; /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */ static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated; /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use; /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */ static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated"))) dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label; /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */ static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated; /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */ static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use; /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the ranges_table. */ #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */ static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists; /* Unique label counter. */ static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num; /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */ static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num; /* The direct call table structure. */ typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct { unsigned int poc_label_num; tree poc_decl; dw_die_ref targ_die; } dcall_entry; DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc); /* The virtual call table structure. */ typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct { unsigned int poc_label_num; unsigned int vtable_slot; } vcall_entry; DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry); DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc); /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */ static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL; static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL; /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */ struct GTY (()) vcall_insn { int insn_uid; unsigned int vtable_slot; }; static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table; #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */ static int current_function_has_inlines; #endif #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO) static int comp_unit_has_inlines; #endif /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */ static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file; /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */ static GTY(()) int label_num; /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */ static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup; static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table; #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base, within the current function. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset; /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */ static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx); static tree type_main_variant (tree); static int is_tagged_type (const_tree); static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned); static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned); static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned); static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree); static tree decl_class_context (tree); static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref); static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned); static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT); static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned char *); static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *); static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *); static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *); static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref); static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref); static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref); static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref); static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int); static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned); static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref); static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_list_ref); static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx); static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref); static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long); static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref); static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref); static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref); static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static bool is_cxx (void); static bool is_fortran (void); static bool is_ada (void); static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag); static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree); static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree); static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *); static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *); static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree); static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *); static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *); static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *); static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *); static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree); static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx); static void print_spaces (FILE *); static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *); static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *); static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref); static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *); static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *); static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *); static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *); static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); struct checksum_attributes; static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref); static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *); static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *); static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *); static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *); static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *); static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *); static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref); static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref); static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref); static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref); static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref); static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref); static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref); static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref); static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *); static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *); static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t); static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t); static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref); static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *); static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *); static void htab_cu_del (void *); static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *); static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned); static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref); static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref); static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref); static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref); static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref); static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref); static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref); static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref); static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *); static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void); static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref); static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref); static void output_abbrev_section (void); static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref); static void output_die (dw_die_ref); static void output_compilation_unit_header (void); static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int); static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *); static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int); static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref); static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref); static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref); static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *); static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref); static void output_aranges (void); static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int); static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree); static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *, bool *); static void output_ranges (void); static void output_line_info (void); static void output_file_names (void); static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree); static int is_base_type (tree); static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static int type_is_enum (const_tree); static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx); static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int); static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, enum var_init_status); static int is_based_loc (const_rtx); static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *); static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status); static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int); static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int); static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int); static tree field_type (const_tree); static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree); static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree); static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree); static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree); static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_list_ref); static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx); static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *); static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *); static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree); static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, enum dwarf_attribute); static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *); static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref); static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree); static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool); static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree); static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree); static void push_decl_scope (tree); static void pop_decl_scope (void); static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref); static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref); static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref); static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref); static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref); static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); static const char *type_tag (const_tree); static tree member_declared_type (const_tree); #if 0 static const char *decl_start_label (tree); #endif static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref); #if 0 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref); #endif static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*); static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *); static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage); static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int); static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree); static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree); static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree); static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree); static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref); static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref); static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *); static void retry_incomplete_types (void); static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree); static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *); static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *, const char *, const char *); static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref); static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *); static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref); static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int); static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref); static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref); static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref); static void prune_unused_types (void); static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd); static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree); static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void); /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */ #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges" #endif /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */ #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text" #endif /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */ #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \ (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \ ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \ : SECTION_DEBUG) /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of the section names themselves. */ #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext" #endif #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges" #endif #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo" #endif /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect. If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */ static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext" #endif #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold" #endif #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB" #endif #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE" #endif #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM" #endif #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM" #endif /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */ static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *); void dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *)) { demangle_name_func = func; } /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */ static inline int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl) { return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)); } /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers removed. */ static inline tree type_main_variant (tree type) { type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */ if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)) type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); return type; } /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */ static inline int is_tagged_type (const_tree type) { enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE); } /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */ static const char * dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag) { switch (tag) { case DW_TAG_padding: return "DW_TAG_padding"; case DW_TAG_array_type: return "DW_TAG_array_type"; case DW_TAG_class_type: return "DW_TAG_class_type"; case DW_TAG_entry_point: return "DW_TAG_entry_point"; case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type"; case DW_TAG_formal_parameter: return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter"; case DW_TAG_imported_declaration: return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration"; case DW_TAG_label: return "DW_TAG_label"; case DW_TAG_lexical_block: return "DW_TAG_lexical_block"; case DW_TAG_member: return "DW_TAG_member"; case DW_TAG_pointer_type: return "DW_TAG_pointer_type"; case DW_TAG_reference_type: return "DW_TAG_reference_type"; case DW_TAG_compile_unit: return "DW_TAG_compile_unit"; case DW_TAG_string_type: return "DW_TAG_string_type"; case DW_TAG_structure_type: return "DW_TAG_structure_type"; case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type"; case DW_TAG_typedef: return "DW_TAG_typedef"; case DW_TAG_union_type: return "DW_TAG_union_type"; case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters: return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters"; case DW_TAG_variant: return "DW_TAG_variant"; case DW_TAG_common_block: return "DW_TAG_common_block"; case DW_TAG_common_inclusion: return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion"; case DW_TAG_inheritance: return "DW_TAG_inheritance"; case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine: return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine"; case DW_TAG_module: return "DW_TAG_module"; case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type"; case DW_TAG_set_type: return "DW_TAG_set_type"; case DW_TAG_subrange_type: return "DW_TAG_subrange_type"; case DW_TAG_with_stmt: return "DW_TAG_with_stmt"; case DW_TAG_access_declaration: return "DW_TAG_access_declaration"; case DW_TAG_base_type: return "DW_TAG_base_type"; case DW_TAG_catch_block: return "DW_TAG_catch_block"; case DW_TAG_const_type: return "DW_TAG_const_type"; case DW_TAG_constant: return "DW_TAG_constant"; case DW_TAG_enumerator: return "DW_TAG_enumerator"; case DW_TAG_file_type: return "DW_TAG_file_type"; case DW_TAG_friend: return "DW_TAG_friend"; case DW_TAG_namelist: return "DW_TAG_namelist"; case DW_TAG_namelist_item: return "DW_TAG_namelist_item"; case DW_TAG_packed_type: return "DW_TAG_packed_type"; case DW_TAG_subprogram: return "DW_TAG_subprogram"; case DW_TAG_template_type_param: return "DW_TAG_template_type_param"; case DW_TAG_template_value_param: return "DW_TAG_template_value_param"; case DW_TAG_thrown_type: return "DW_TAG_thrown_type"; case DW_TAG_try_block: return "DW_TAG_try_block"; case DW_TAG_variant_part: return "DW_TAG_variant_part"; case DW_TAG_variable: return "DW_TAG_variable"; case DW_TAG_volatile_type: return "DW_TAG_volatile_type"; case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure: return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure"; case DW_TAG_restrict_type: return "DW_TAG_restrict_type"; case DW_TAG_interface_type: return "DW_TAG_interface_type"; case DW_TAG_namespace: return "DW_TAG_namespace"; case DW_TAG_imported_module: return "DW_TAG_imported_module"; case DW_TAG_unspecified_type: return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type"; case DW_TAG_partial_unit: return "DW_TAG_partial_unit"; case DW_TAG_imported_unit: return "DW_TAG_imported_unit"; case DW_TAG_condition: return "DW_TAG_condition"; case DW_TAG_shared_type: return "DW_TAG_shared_type"; case DW_TAG_type_unit: return "DW_TAG_type_unit"; case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type: return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type"; case DW_TAG_template_alias: return "DW_TAG_template_alias"; case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack: return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack"; case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack: return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack"; case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop: return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop"; case DW_TAG_format_label: return "DW_TAG_format_label"; case DW_TAG_function_template: return "DW_TAG_function_template"; case DW_TAG_class_template: return "DW_TAG_class_template"; case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL: return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL"; case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL: return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL"; case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param: return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param"; default: return "DW_TAG_<unknown>"; } } /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */ static const char * dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr) { switch (attr) { case DW_AT_sibling: return "DW_AT_sibling"; case DW_AT_location: return "DW_AT_location"; case DW_AT_name: return "DW_AT_name"; case DW_AT_ordering: return "DW_AT_ordering"; case DW_AT_subscr_data: return "DW_AT_subscr_data"; case DW_AT_byte_size: return "DW_AT_byte_size"; case DW_AT_bit_offset: return "DW_AT_bit_offset"; case DW_AT_bit_size: return "DW_AT_bit_size"; case DW_AT_element_list: return "DW_AT_element_list"; case DW_AT_stmt_list: return "DW_AT_stmt_list"; case DW_AT_low_pc: return "DW_AT_low_pc"; case DW_AT_high_pc: return "DW_AT_high_pc"; case DW_AT_language: return "DW_AT_language"; case DW_AT_member: return "DW_AT_member"; case DW_AT_discr: return "DW_AT_discr"; case DW_AT_discr_value: return "DW_AT_discr_value"; case DW_AT_visibility: return "DW_AT_visibility"; case DW_AT_import: return "DW_AT_import"; case DW_AT_string_length: return "DW_AT_string_length"; case DW_AT_common_reference: return "DW_AT_common_reference"; case DW_AT_comp_dir: return "DW_AT_comp_dir"; case DW_AT_const_value: return "DW_AT_const_value"; case DW_AT_containing_type: return "DW_AT_containing_type"; case DW_AT_default_value: return "DW_AT_default_value"; case DW_AT_inline: return "DW_AT_inline"; case DW_AT_is_optional: return "DW_AT_is_optional"; case DW_AT_lower_bound: return "DW_AT_lower_bound"; case DW_AT_producer: return "DW_AT_producer"; case DW_AT_prototyped: return "DW_AT_prototyped"; case DW_AT_return_addr: return "DW_AT_return_addr"; case DW_AT_start_scope: return "DW_AT_start_scope"; case DW_AT_bit_stride: return "DW_AT_bit_stride"; case DW_AT_upper_bound: return "DW_AT_upper_bound"; case DW_AT_abstract_origin: return "DW_AT_abstract_origin"; case DW_AT_accessibility: return "DW_AT_accessibility"; case DW_AT_address_class: return "DW_AT_address_class"; case DW_AT_artificial: return "DW_AT_artificial"; case DW_AT_base_types: return "DW_AT_base_types"; case DW_AT_calling_convention: return "DW_AT_calling_convention"; case DW_AT_count: return "DW_AT_count"; case DW_AT_data_member_location: return "DW_AT_data_member_location"; case DW_AT_decl_column: return "DW_AT_decl_column"; case DW_AT_decl_file: return "DW_AT_decl_file"; case DW_AT_decl_line: return "DW_AT_decl_line"; case DW_AT_declaration: return "DW_AT_declaration"; case DW_AT_discr_list: return "DW_AT_discr_list"; case DW_AT_encoding: return "DW_AT_encoding"; case DW_AT_external: return "DW_AT_external"; case DW_AT_explicit: return "DW_AT_explicit"; case DW_AT_frame_base: return "DW_AT_frame_base"; case DW_AT_friend: return "DW_AT_friend"; case DW_AT_identifier_case: return "DW_AT_identifier_case"; case DW_AT_macro_info: return "DW_AT_macro_info"; case DW_AT_namelist_items: return "DW_AT_namelist_items"; case DW_AT_priority: return "DW_AT_priority"; case DW_AT_segment: return "DW_AT_segment"; case DW_AT_specification: return "DW_AT_specification"; case DW_AT_static_link: return "DW_AT_static_link"; case DW_AT_type: return "DW_AT_type"; case DW_AT_use_location: return "DW_AT_use_location"; case DW_AT_variable_parameter: return "DW_AT_variable_parameter"; case DW_AT_virtuality: return "DW_AT_virtuality"; case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location: return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location"; case DW_AT_allocated: return "DW_AT_allocated"; case DW_AT_associated: return "DW_AT_associated"; case DW_AT_data_location: return "DW_AT_data_location"; case DW_AT_byte_stride: return "DW_AT_byte_stride"; case DW_AT_entry_pc: return "DW_AT_entry_pc"; case DW_AT_use_UTF8: return "DW_AT_use_UTF8"; case DW_AT_extension: return "DW_AT_extension"; case DW_AT_ranges: return "DW_AT_ranges"; case DW_AT_trampoline: return "DW_AT_trampoline"; case DW_AT_call_column: return "DW_AT_call_column"; case DW_AT_call_file: return "DW_AT_call_file"; case DW_AT_call_line: return "DW_AT_call_line"; case DW_AT_signature: return "DW_AT_signature"; case DW_AT_main_subprogram: return "DW_AT_main_subprogram"; case DW_AT_data_bit_offset: return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset"; case DW_AT_const_expr: return "DW_AT_const_expr"; case DW_AT_enum_class: return "DW_AT_enum_class"; case DW_AT_linkage_name: return "DW_AT_linkage_name"; case DW_AT_MIPS_fde: return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde"; case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin: return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin"; case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin: return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin"; case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin: return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin"; case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor: return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor"; case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth: return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth"; case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name: return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name"; case DW_AT_MIPS_stride: return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride"; case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name: return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name"; case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin: return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin"; case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines: return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines"; case DW_AT_sf_names: return "DW_AT_sf_names"; case DW_AT_src_info: return "DW_AT_src_info"; case DW_AT_mac_info: return "DW_AT_mac_info"; case DW_AT_src_coords: return "DW_AT_src_coords"; case DW_AT_body_begin: return "DW_AT_body_begin"; case DW_AT_body_end: return "DW_AT_body_end"; case DW_AT_GNU_vector: return "DW_AT_GNU_vector"; case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by: return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by"; case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by: return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by"; case DW_AT_GNU_guarded: return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded"; case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded: return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded"; case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded: return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded"; case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required: return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required"; case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required: return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required"; case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature: return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature"; case DW_AT_GNU_template_name: return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name"; case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address: return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address"; default: return "DW_AT_<unknown>"; } } /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */ static const char * dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form) { switch (form) { case DW_FORM_addr: return "DW_FORM_addr"; case DW_FORM_block2: return "DW_FORM_block2"; case DW_FORM_block4: return "DW_FORM_block4"; case DW_FORM_data2: return "DW_FORM_data2"; case DW_FORM_data4: return "DW_FORM_data4"; case DW_FORM_data8: return "DW_FORM_data8"; case DW_FORM_string: return "DW_FORM_string"; case DW_FORM_block: return "DW_FORM_block"; case DW_FORM_block1: return "DW_FORM_block1"; case DW_FORM_data1: return "DW_FORM_data1"; case DW_FORM_flag: return "DW_FORM_flag"; case DW_FORM_sdata: return "DW_FORM_sdata"; case DW_FORM_strp: return "DW_FORM_strp"; case DW_FORM_udata: return "DW_FORM_udata"; case DW_FORM_ref_addr: return "DW_FORM_ref_addr"; case DW_FORM_ref1: return "DW_FORM_ref1"; case DW_FORM_ref2: return "DW_FORM_ref2"; case DW_FORM_ref4: return "DW_FORM_ref4"; case DW_FORM_ref8: return "DW_FORM_ref8"; case DW_FORM_ref_udata: return "DW_FORM_ref_udata"; case DW_FORM_indirect: return "DW_FORM_indirect"; case DW_FORM_sec_offset: return "DW_FORM_sec_offset"; case DW_FORM_exprloc: return "DW_FORM_exprloc"; case DW_FORM_flag_present: return "DW_FORM_flag_present"; case DW_FORM_ref_sig8: return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8"; default: return "DW_FORM_<unknown>"; } } /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the given block. */ static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl) { if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON)) return NULL_TREE; /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */ if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl) return NULL_TREE; /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */ gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl))); return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl); } /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this' parameter. */ static tree decl_class_context (tree decl) { tree context = NULL_TREE; if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl)) context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl); else context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl))))); if (context && !TYPE_P (context)) context = NULL_TREE; return context; } /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */ static inline void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr) { /* Maybe this should be an assert? */ if (die == NULL) return; if (die->die_attr == NULL) die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1); VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr); } static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref a) { return a->dw_attr_val.val_class; } /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag; } /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int; } /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned; } /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */ static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned char data8[8]) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8; memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8); add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */ static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *x) { return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str); } static int debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2) { return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str), (const char *)x2) == 0; } /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */ static struct indirect_string_node * find_AT_string (const char *str) { struct indirect_string_node *node; void **slot; if (! debug_str_hash) debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash, debug_str_eq, NULL); slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str, htab_hash_string (str), INSERT); if (*slot == NULL) { node = (struct indirect_string_node *) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node)); node->str = ggc_strdup (str); *slot = node; } else node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot; node->refcount++; return node; } /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str) { dw_attr_node attr; struct indirect_string_node *node; node = find_AT_string (str); attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */ static inline void gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node) { char label[32]; if (node->label) return; ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter); ++dw2_string_counter; node->label = xstrdup (label); } /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a debug string STR. */ static inline rtx get_debug_string_label (const char *str) { struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str); debug_str_hash_forced = true; gen_label_for_indirect_string (node); return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label); } static inline const char * AT_string (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str; } /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */ static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a) { struct indirect_string_node *node; unsigned int len; gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str); node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str; if (node->form) return node->form; len = strlen (node->str) + 1; /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is always better to put it inline. */ if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0) return node->form = DW_FORM_string; /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this single module. */ if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)) return node->form = DW_FORM_string; gen_label_for_indirect_string (node); return node->form = DW_FORM_strp; } /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back pointer from the specification to the definition. */ static inline void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die) { add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die); gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition); targ_die->die_definition = die; } static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die; } static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a) { if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external; return 0; } static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref); a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i; } /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc; } static inline void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); have_location_lists = true; } static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list; } static inline dw_loc_list_ref * AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list); return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list; } /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */ static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr; } /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, struct dwarf_file_data *fd) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */ static inline struct dwarf_file_data * AT_file (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file; } /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id); add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the debug_line section. */ static inline void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label); add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the debug_macinfo section. */ static inline void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label); add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */ static inline void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */ static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, long unsigned int offset) { dw_attr_node attr; attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list; attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset; add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); } static inline const char * AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a) { gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr)); return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id; } /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */ static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; dw_die_ref spec = NULL; if (! die) return NULL; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind) return a; else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin) spec = AT_ref (a); if (spec) return get_AT (spec, attr_kind); return NULL; } /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */ static inline const char * get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc); return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL; } /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */ static inline const char * get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc); return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL; } /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or NULL if it is not present. */ static inline const char * get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL; } /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1 if it is not present. */ static inline int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0; } /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0 if it is not present. */ static inline unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0; } static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL; } static inline struct dwarf_file_data * get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL; } /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */ static inline bool is_cxx (void) { unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language); return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus; } /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */ static inline bool is_fortran (void) { unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language); return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95); } /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */ static inline bool is_ada (void) { unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language); return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83; } /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */ static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; if (! die) return; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind) { if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount) a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--; /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs that are needed. */ VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix); return; } } /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */ static void remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev) { gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent); gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child); if (prev == child) { gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child); prev = NULL; } else prev->die_sib = child->die_sib; if (child->die_parent->die_child == child) child->die_parent->die_child = prev; } /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */ static void replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev) { dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent; gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent); gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child); new_child->die_parent = parent; if (prev == old_child) { gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child); new_child->die_sib = new_child; } else { prev->die_sib = new_child; new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib; } if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child) old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child; } /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */ static void move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent) { dw_die_ref c; new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child; old_parent->die_child = NULL; FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent); } /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child matches TAG. */ static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag) { dw_die_ref c; c = die->die_child; if (c) do { dw_die_ref prev = c; c = c->die_sib; while (c->die_tag == tag) { remove_child_with_prev (c, prev); /* Might have removed every child. */ if (c == c->die_sib) return; c = c->die_sib; } } while (c != die->die_child); } /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */ static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die) { /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */ if (! die || ! child_die) return; gcc_assert (die != child_die); child_die->die_parent = die; if (die->die_child) { child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib; die->die_child->die_sib = child_die; } else child_die->die_sib = child_die; die->die_child = child_die; } /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children. This is done by removing and re-adding it. */ static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child) { dw_die_ref p; /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the specification DIE at toplevel. */ if (child->die_parent != parent) { dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification); if (tmp) child = tmp; } gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent || (child->die_parent == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))); for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib) if (p->die_sib == child) { remove_child_with_prev (child, p); break; } add_child_die (parent, child); } /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */ static inline dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t) { dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node); die->die_tag = tag_value; if (parent_die != NULL) add_child_die (parent_die, die); else { limbo_die_node *limbo_node; limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node); limbo_node->die = die; limbo_node->created_for = t; limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list; limbo_die_list = limbo_node; } return die; } /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */ static inline dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree type) { return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type); } /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */ static inline void equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die) { TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die; } /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */ static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *x) { return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id; } /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */ static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) { return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y)); } /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */ static inline dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree decl) { return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl)); } /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */ static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x) { return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id; } /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */ static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) { return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y)); } /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */ static inline var_loc_list * lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl) { if (!decl_loc_table) return NULL; return (var_loc_list *) htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl)); } /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */ static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die) { unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl); void **slot; slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT); *slot = decl_die; decl_die->decl_id = decl_id; } /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */ static struct var_loc_node * add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note) { unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl); var_loc_list *temp; void **slot; struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL; slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT); if (*slot == NULL) { temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list); temp->decl_id = decl_id; *slot = temp; } else temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot; if (temp->last) { /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list, and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized, we have nothing to do. */ if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note), NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))) || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note) != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)) && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note) == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note) == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)))) { /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */ loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node); temp->last->next = loc; temp->last = loc; } } else { loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node); temp->first = loc; temp->last = loc; } return loc; } /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the output of the debugging routines that print the structure of the DIE internal representation. */ static int print_indent; /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */ static inline void print_spaces (FILE *outfile) { fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, ""); } /* Print a type signature in hex. */ static inline void print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig) { int i; for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff); } /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children. This routine is a debugging aid only. */ static void print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile) { dw_attr_ref a; dw_die_ref c; unsigned ix; print_spaces (outfile); fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n", die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag)); print_spaces (outfile); fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev); fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset); if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node) { print_spaces (outfile); fprintf (outfile, " signature: "); print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature); fprintf (outfile, "\n"); } for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { print_spaces (outfile); fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr)); switch (AT_class (a)) { case dw_val_class_addr: fprintf (outfile, "address"); break; case dw_val_class_offset: fprintf (outfile, "offset"); break; case dw_val_class_loc: fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor"); break; case dw_val_class_loc_list: fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s", AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol); break; case dw_val_class_range_list: fprintf (outfile, "range list"); break; case dw_val_class_const: fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a)); break; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a)); break; case dw_val_class_const_double: fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\ HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low); break; case dw_val_class_vec: fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant"); break; case dw_val_class_flag: fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a)); break; case dw_val_class_die_ref: if (AT_ref (a) != NULL) { if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node) { fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: "); print_signature (outfile, AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature); } else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol) fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol); else fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset); } else fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>"); break; case dw_val_class_lbl_id: case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a)); break; case dw_val_class_str: if (AT_string (a) != NULL) fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a)); else fprintf (outfile, "<null>"); break; case dw_val_class_file: fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename, AT_file (a)->emitted_number); break; case dw_val_class_data8: { int i; for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]); break; } default: break; } fprintf (outfile, "\n"); } if (die->die_child != NULL) { print_indent += 4; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile)); print_indent -= 4; } if (print_indent == 0) fprintf (outfile, "\n"); } /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table. This routine is a debugging aid only. */ static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile) { unsigned i; dw_line_info_ref line_info; fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n"); for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++) { line_info = &line_info_table[i]; fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i, line_info->dw_file_num, line_info->dw_line_num); } fprintf (outfile, "\n\n"); } /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */ void debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die) { print_die (die, stderr); } /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit. This routine is a debugging aid only. */ void debug_dwarf (void) { print_indent = 0; print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr); if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) print_dwarf_line_table (stderr); } /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */ static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die) { const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name); dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename); new_unit->die_sib = old_unit; return new_unit; } /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */ static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit) { dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib; old_unit->die_sib = NULL; return new_unit; } #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx) #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx) /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */ static inline void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx) { int tem; tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc); CHECKSUM (tem); CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1); CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2); } /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */ static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; rtx r; CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr); /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */ if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer) return; switch (AT_class (at)) { case dw_val_class_const: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int); break; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned); break; case dw_val_class_const_double: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double); break; case dw_val_class_vec: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec); break; case dw_val_class_flag: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag); break; case dw_val_class_str: CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at)); break; case dw_val_class_addr: r = AT_addr (at); gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF); CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0)); break; case dw_val_class_offset: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); break; case dw_val_class_loc: for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) loc_checksum (loc, ctx); break; case dw_val_class_die_ref: die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark); break; case dw_val_class_fde_ref: case dw_val_class_lbl_id: case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: break; case dw_val_class_file: CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename); break; case dw_val_class_data8: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8); break; default: break; } } /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */ static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) { dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; /* To avoid infinite recursion. */ if (die->die_mark) { CHECKSUM (die->die_mark); return; } die->die_mark = ++(*mark); CHECKSUM (die->die_tag); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark)); } #undef CHECKSUM #undef CHECKSUM_STRING /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */ #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx) #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx) #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx) #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx) #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \ if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark) /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */ static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx) { unsigned char byte; bool more; while (1) { byte = (value & 0x7f); value >>= 7; more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0) || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0)); if (more) byte |= 0x80; CHECKSUM (byte); if (!more) break; } } /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */ static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx) { while (1) { unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f); value >>= 7; if (value != 0) /* More bytes to follow. */ byte |= 0x80; CHECKSUM (byte); if (value == 0) break; } } /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */ static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx) { const char *name; dw_die_ref spec; int tag = die->die_tag; if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type && tag != DW_TAG_class_type) return; name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name); spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); if (spec != NULL) die = spec; if (die->die_parent != NULL) checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag); if (name != NULL) CHECKSUM_STRING (name); } /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */ static inline void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx) { /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */ if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL) { CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); return; } /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */ while (loc != NULL) { CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc); CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1); CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2); loc = loc->dw_loc_next; } } /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */ static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; rtx r; if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref) { dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at); /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries, we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function. This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type is complete or not. */ if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type)) || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend && tag == DW_TAG_friend)) { dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name); if (name_attr != NULL) { dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification); if (decl == NULL) decl = target_die; CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); if (decl->die_parent != NULL) checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E'); CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr)); return; } } /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */ if (target_die->die_mark > 0) { CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark); } else { dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification); if (decl == NULL) decl = target_die; target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); if (decl->die_parent != NULL) checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx); die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark); } return; } CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); switch (AT_class (at)) { case dw_val_class_const: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int); break; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned); break; case dw_val_class_const_double: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double)); CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double); break; case dw_val_class_vec: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec)); CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec); break; case dw_val_class_flag: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0); break; case dw_val_class_str: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at)); break; case dw_val_class_addr: r = AT_addr (at); gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0)); break; case dw_val_class_offset: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); break; case dw_val_class_loc: for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx); break; case dw_val_class_fde_ref: case dw_val_class_lbl_id: case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: break; case dw_val_class_file: CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename); break; case dw_val_class_data8: CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8); break; default: break; } } struct checksum_attributes { dw_attr_ref at_name; dw_attr_ref at_type; dw_attr_ref at_friend; dw_attr_ref at_accessibility; dw_attr_ref at_address_class; dw_attr_ref at_allocated; dw_attr_ref at_artificial; dw_attr_ref at_associated; dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale; dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset; dw_attr_ref at_bit_size; dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride; dw_attr_ref at_byte_size; dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride; dw_attr_ref at_const_value; dw_attr_ref at_containing_type; dw_attr_ref at_count; dw_attr_ref at_data_location; dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location; dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale; dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign; dw_attr_ref at_default_value; dw_attr_ref at_digit_count; dw_attr_ref at_discr; dw_attr_ref at_discr_list; dw_attr_ref at_discr_value; dw_attr_ref at_encoding; dw_attr_ref at_endianity; dw_attr_ref at_explicit; dw_attr_ref at_is_optional; dw_attr_ref at_location; dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound; dw_attr_ref at_mutable; dw_attr_ref at_ordering; dw_attr_ref at_picture_string; dw_attr_ref at_prototyped; dw_attr_ref at_small; dw_attr_ref at_segment; dw_attr_ref at_string_length; dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled; dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound; dw_attr_ref at_use_location; dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8; dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter; dw_attr_ref at_virtuality; dw_attr_ref at_visibility; dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location; }; /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */ static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { switch (a->dw_attr) { case DW_AT_name: attrs->at_name = a; break; case DW_AT_type: attrs->at_type = a; break; case DW_AT_friend: attrs->at_friend = a; break; case DW_AT_accessibility: attrs->at_accessibility = a; break; case DW_AT_address_class: attrs->at_address_class = a; break; case DW_AT_allocated: attrs->at_allocated = a; break; case DW_AT_artificial: attrs->at_artificial = a; break; case DW_AT_associated: attrs->at_associated = a; break; case DW_AT_binary_scale: attrs->at_binary_scale = a; break; case DW_AT_bit_offset: attrs->at_bit_offset = a; break; case DW_AT_bit_size: attrs->at_bit_size = a; break; case DW_AT_bit_stride: attrs->at_bit_stride = a; break; case DW_AT_byte_size: attrs->at_byte_size = a; break; case DW_AT_byte_stride: attrs->at_byte_stride = a; break; case DW_AT_const_value: attrs->at_const_value = a; break; case DW_AT_containing_type: attrs->at_containing_type = a; break; case DW_AT_count: attrs->at_count = a; break; case DW_AT_data_location: attrs->at_data_location = a; break; case DW_AT_data_member_location: attrs->at_data_member_location = a; break; case DW_AT_decimal_scale: attrs->at_decimal_scale = a; break; case DW_AT_decimal_sign: attrs->at_decimal_sign = a; break; case DW_AT_default_value: attrs->at_default_value = a; break; case DW_AT_digit_count: attrs->at_digit_count = a; break; case DW_AT_discr: attrs->at_discr = a; break; case DW_AT_discr_list: attrs->at_discr_list = a; break; case DW_AT_discr_value: attrs->at_discr_value = a; break; case DW_AT_encoding: attrs->at_encoding = a; break; case DW_AT_endianity: attrs->at_endianity = a; break; case DW_AT_explicit: attrs->at_explicit = a; break; case DW_AT_is_optional: attrs->at_is_optional = a; break; case DW_AT_location: attrs->at_location = a; break; case DW_AT_lower_bound: attrs->at_lower_bound = a; break; case DW_AT_mutable: attrs->at_mutable = a; break; case DW_AT_ordering: attrs->at_ordering = a; break; case DW_AT_picture_string: attrs->at_picture_string = a; break; case DW_AT_prototyped: attrs->at_prototyped = a; break; case DW_AT_small: attrs->at_small = a; break; case DW_AT_segment: attrs->at_segment = a; break; case DW_AT_string_length: attrs->at_string_length = a; break; case DW_AT_threads_scaled: attrs->at_threads_scaled = a; break; case DW_AT_upper_bound: attrs->at_upper_bound = a; break; case DW_AT_use_location: attrs->at_use_location = a; break; case DW_AT_use_UTF8: attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a; break; case DW_AT_variable_parameter: attrs->at_variable_parameter = a; break; case DW_AT_virtuality: attrs->at_virtuality = a; break; case DW_AT_visibility: attrs->at_visibility = a; break; case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location: attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a; break; default: break; } } } /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */ static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) { dw_die_ref c; dw_die_ref decl; struct checksum_attributes attrs; CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag); memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs)); decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); if (decl != NULL) collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl); collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type); CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend); /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */ c = die->die_child; if (c) do { dw_attr_ref name_attr; c = c->die_sib; name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name); if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) && name_attr != NULL) { CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S'); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag); CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr)); } else { /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */ if (c->die_mark == 0) c->die_mark = -1; die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark); } } while (c != die->die_child); CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0); } #undef CHECKSUM #undef CHECKSUM_STRING #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion. If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */ static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node) { int mark; const char *name; unsigned char checksum[16]; struct md5_ctx ctx; dw_die_ref decl; name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name); decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */ if (is_cxx() && name != NULL) { md5_init_ctx (&ctx); /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */ if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL) checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx); md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx); md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx); md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]); } /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */ md5_init_ctx (&ctx); mark = 1; die->die_mark = mark; /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */ if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL) checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx); /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */ die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark); unmark_all_dies (die); md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the type node together. */ memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE], DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE); die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node; type_node->type_die = die; /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node as well. */ if (decl != NULL) decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node; } /* Do the location expressions look same? */ static inline int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark) { return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark) && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark); } /* Do the values look the same? */ static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2; rtx r1, r2; if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class) return 0; switch (v1->val_class) { case dw_val_class_const: return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned; case dw_val_class_const_double: return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low; case dw_val_class_vec: if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size) return 0; if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array, v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size)) return 0; return 1; case dw_val_class_flag: return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag; case dw_val_class_str: return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str); case dw_val_class_addr: r1 = v1->v.val_addr; r2 = v2->v.val_addr; if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2)) return 0; return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2); case dw_val_class_offset: return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset; case dw_val_class_loc: for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc; loc1 && loc2; loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next) if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark)) return 0; return !loc1 && !loc2; case dw_val_class_die_ref: return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark); case dw_val_class_fde_ref: case dw_val_class_lbl_id: case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: return 1; case dw_val_class_file: return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file; case dw_val_class_data8: return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8); default: return 1; } } /* Do the attributes look the same? */ static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark) { if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr) return 0; /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */ if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer) return 1; return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark); } /* Do the dies look the same? */ static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark) { dw_die_ref c1, c2; dw_attr_ref a1; unsigned ix; /* To avoid infinite recursion. */ if (die1->die_mark) return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark; die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark); if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag) return 0; if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr) != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr)) return 0; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++) if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark)) return 0; c1 = die1->die_child; c2 = die2->die_child; if (! c1) { if (c2) return 0; } else for (;;) { if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark)) return 0; c1 = c1->die_sib; c2 = c2->die_sib; if (c1 == die1->die_child) { if (c2 == die2->die_child) break; else return 0; } } return 1; } /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */ static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2) { int mark = 0; int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark); unmark_all_dies (die1); unmark_all_dies (die2); return ret; } /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug info section. */ static char *comdat_symbol_id; /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */ static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number; /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */ static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die) { const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name); const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous"; char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64); char *p; int i, mark; unsigned char checksum[16]; struct md5_ctx ctx; /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to the name filename of the unit. */ md5_init_ctx (&ctx); mark = 0; die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark); unmark_all_dies (unit_die); md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); sprintf (name, "%s.", base); clean_symbol_name (name); p = name + strlen (name); for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]); p += 2; } comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name); comdat_symbol_number = 0; } /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */ static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref die) { switch (die->die_tag) { case DW_TAG_array_type: case DW_TAG_class_type: case DW_TAG_interface_type: case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: case DW_TAG_pointer_type: case DW_TAG_reference_type: case DW_TAG_string_type: case DW_TAG_structure_type: case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: case DW_TAG_union_type: case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: case DW_TAG_set_type: case DW_TAG_subrange_type: case DW_TAG_base_type: case DW_TAG_const_type: case DW_TAG_file_type: case DW_TAG_packed_type: case DW_TAG_volatile_type: case DW_TAG_typedef: return 1; default: return 0; } } /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU. Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual compilations (functions). */ static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c) { /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */ if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type) return 0; if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type) { dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type); return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0; } return is_type_die (c); } /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another compilation unit. */ static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c) { return (is_type_die (c) || is_declaration_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module); } static char * gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix) { char buf[256]; ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++); return xstrdup (buf); } /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */ static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; if (is_symbol_die (die)) { if (comdat_symbol_id) { char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64); sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++); die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p); } else die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE"); } FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c)); } struct cu_hash_table_entry { dw_die_ref cu; unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num; struct cu_hash_table_entry *next; }; /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */ static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *of) { const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry = (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of; return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol); } static int htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) { const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 = (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1; const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2; return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol); } static void htab_cu_del (void *what) { struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what; while (entry) { next = entry->next; free (entry); entry = next; } } /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM accordingly. */ static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num) { struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy; struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy; dummy.max_comdat_num = 0; slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **) htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol), INSERT); entry = *slot; for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next) { if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu)) break; } if (entry) { *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num; return 1; } entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry); entry->cu = cu; entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num; entry->next = *slot; *slot = entry; return 0; } /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */ static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num) { struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry; slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **) htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol), NO_INSERT); entry = *slot; entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num; } /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up additional compilation units for each of the include files we see bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */ static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_die_ref unit = NULL; limbo_die_node *node, **pnode; htab_t cu_hash_table; c = die->die_child; if (c) do { dw_die_ref prev = c; c = c->die_sib; while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL || (unit && is_comdat_die (c))) { dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib; /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */ remove_child_with_prev (c, prev); if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL) unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c); else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL) unit = pop_compile_unit (unit); else add_child_die (unit, c); c = next; if (c == die->die_child) break; } } while (c != die->die_child); #if 0 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */ gcc_assert (!unit); #endif assign_symbol_names (die); cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del); for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) { int is_dupl; compute_section_prefix (node->die); is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table, &comdat_symbol_number); assign_symbol_names (node->die); if (is_dupl) *pnode = node->next; else { pnode = &node->next; record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table, comdat_symbol_number); } } htab_delete (cu_hash_table); } /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */ static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration) return 1; return 0; } /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a COMDAT .debug_types section. */ static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die) { switch (die->die_tag) { case DW_TAG_class_type: case DW_TAG_structure_type: case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: case DW_TAG_union_type: /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */ if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)) return 0; return 1; case DW_TAG_array_type: case DW_TAG_interface_type: case DW_TAG_pointer_type: case DW_TAG_reference_type: case DW_TAG_string_type: case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: case DW_TAG_set_type: case DW_TAG_subrange_type: case DW_TAG_base_type: case DW_TAG_const_type: case DW_TAG_file_type: case DW_TAG_packed_type: case DW_TAG_volatile_type: case DW_TAG_typedef: default: return 0; } } /* Make a clone of DIE. */ static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref clone; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node); clone->die_tag = die->die_tag; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) add_dwarf_attr (clone, a); return clone; } /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */ static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c))); return clone; } /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */ static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref clone; dw_die_ref decl; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */ if (is_declaration_die (die)) return clone_die (die); /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */ decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); if (decl != NULL) return clone_die (decl); clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node); clone->die_tag = die->die_tag; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { /* We don't want to copy over all attributes. For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */ switch (a->dw_attr) { case DW_AT_artificial: case DW_AT_containing_type: case DW_AT_external: case DW_AT_name: case DW_AT_type: case DW_AT_virtuality: case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name: add_dwarf_attr (clone, a); break; case DW_AT_byte_size: default: break; } } if (die->die_id.die_type_node) add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die); add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1); return clone; } /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children attached to the specification. */ static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref decl; dw_die_ref new_decl; decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); if (decl == NULL) decl = die; else { unsigned ix; dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */ decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node; remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external) add_dwarf_attr (die, a); } FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c))); } if (decl->die_parent != NULL && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) { new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL); if (new_decl != NULL) { remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature); add_AT_specification (die, new_decl); } } } /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */ static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node) { if (node->new_die != NULL) return; node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die); if (node->parent != NULL) { generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent); add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die); } } /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */ static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent) { skeleton_chain_node node; dw_die_ref c; dw_die_ref first; dw_die_ref prev = NULL; dw_die_ref next = NULL; node.parent = parent; first = c = parent->old_die->die_child; if (c) next = c->die_sib; if (c) do { if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c) prev = c; c = next; next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib); node.old_die = c; node.new_die = NULL; if (is_declaration_die (c)) { /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with all the original's children, where the original came from. */ dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c); move_all_children (c, clone); replace_child (c, clone, prev); generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent); add_child_die (parent->new_die, c); node.new_die = c; c = clone; } generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node); } while (next != NULL); } /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */ static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die) { skeleton_chain_node node; node.old_die = die; node.new_die = NULL; node.parent = NULL; /* If this type definition is nested inside another type, always leave at least a declaration in its place. */ if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent)) node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die); generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node); return node.new_die; } /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the skeleton tree. */ static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev) { dw_die_ref skeleton; skeleton = generate_skeleton (child); if (skeleton == NULL) remove_child_with_prev (child, prev); else { skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node; replace_child (child, skeleton, prev); } return skeleton; } /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */ static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_die_ref first; dw_die_ref prev = NULL; dw_die_ref next = NULL; dw_die_ref unit = NULL; first = c = die->die_child; if (c) next = c->die_sib; if (c) do { if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c) prev = c; c = next; next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib); if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c)) { dw_die_ref replacement; comdat_type_node_ref type_node; /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and add it to the list of comdat types. */ unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL); add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language, get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)); type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node); type_node->root_die = unit; type_node->next = comdat_type_list; comdat_type_list = type_node; /* Generate the type signature. */ generate_type_signature (c, type_node); /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */ copy_declaration_context (unit, c); /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */ replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev); /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */ break_out_comdat_types (c); /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */ add_child_die (unit, c); if (replacement != NULL) c = replacement; } else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type) { /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */ break_out_comdat_types (c); } } while (next != NULL); } /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */ struct decl_table_entry { dw_die_ref orig; dw_die_ref copy; }; /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */ static hashval_t htab_decl_hash (const void *of) { const struct decl_table_entry *const entry = (const struct decl_table_entry *) of; return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig); } static int htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) { const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 = (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1; const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2; return entry1->orig == entry2; } static void htab_decl_del (void *what) { struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what; free (entry); } /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */ static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table) { dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent; dw_die_ref new_parent = unit; dw_die_ref copy; void **slot = NULL; struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL; if (decl_table) { /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */ slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die, htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT); if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) { entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot; return entry->copy; } /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */ entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry); entry->orig = die; entry->copy = NULL; *slot = entry; } if (parent != NULL) { dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification); if (spec != NULL) parent = spec; if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table); } copy = clone_as_declaration (die); add_child_die (new_parent, copy); if (decl_table != NULL) { /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */ copy->die_mark = 1; /* Record the pointer to the copy. */ entry->copy = copy; } return copy; } /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current type_unit). */ static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table) { dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) { dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a); comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node; void **slot; struct decl_table_entry *entry; if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL) continue; slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ, htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT); if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) { /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to modify the reference to point to the copy. */ entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot; a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy; } else { dw_die_ref parent = unit; dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ); /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the type unit. */ mark_dies (copy); /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied. Need to do this now, before the recursive call, because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT would no longer be a valid pointer. */ entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry); entry->orig = targ; entry->copy = copy; *slot = entry; /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree into the new type unit. */ if (targ->die_parent != NULL && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent, decl_table); add_child_die (parent, copy); a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy; /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was installed in a previously-added context, it won't get visited otherwise. */ if (parent != unit) copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table); } } } FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table)); } /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section. Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature, and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we don't have an external reference. */ static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit) { htab_t decl_table; mark_dies (unit); decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del); copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table); htab_delete (decl_table); unmark_dies (unit); } /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space, avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */ static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; if (! die->die_child) return; if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child) add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c)); } /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */ static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list) output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a)); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c)); } /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited recursively. */ static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die) { unsigned long abbrev_id; unsigned int n_alloc; dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */ for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0) { gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol); set_AT_ref_external (a, 1); } for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id) { dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id]; dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a; unsigned ix; bool ok = true; if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag) continue; if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL)) continue; if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr) != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr)) continue; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++) { abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix); if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr) || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a))) { ok = false; break; } } if (ok) break; } if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use) { if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated) { n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT; abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table, n_alloc); memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0, (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref)); abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc; } ++abbrev_die_table_in_use; abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die; } die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c)); } /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */ static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value) { int log; if (value == 0) log = 0; else log = floor_log2 (value); log = log / 8; log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1); return log; } /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the .debug_info section. */ static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref die) { unsigned long size = 0; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { switch (AT_class (a)) { case dw_val_class_addr: size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_offset: size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_loc: { unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)); /* Block length. */ if (dwarf_version >= 4) size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize); else size += constant_size (lsize); size += lsize; } break; case dw_val_class_loc_list: size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_range_list: size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_const: size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a)); break; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)); break; case dw_val_class_const_double: size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) size++; /* block */ break; case dw_val_class_vec: size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size) + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */ break; case dw_val_class_flag: if (dwarf_version >= 4) /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization in build_abbrev_table that will change those to DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using the same abbrev entry. */ gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1); else size += 1; break; case dw_val_class_die_ref: if (AT_ref_external (a)) { /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an offset. */ if (dwarf_version >= 4) size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; else if (dwarf_version == 2) size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; else size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; } else size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_fde_ref: size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_lbl_id: size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; break; case dw_val_class_str: if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp) size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; else size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1; break; case dw_val_class_file: size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)); break; case dw_val_class_data8: size += 8; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } return size; } /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset field in each DIE. */ static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; die->die_offset = next_die_offset; next_die_offset += size_of_die (die); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c)); if (die->die_child != NULL) /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */ next_die_offset += 1; } /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */ static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; gcc_assert (!die->die_mark); die->die_mark = 1; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c)); } /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */ static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; if (dwarf_version < 4) gcc_assert (die->die_mark); die->die_mark = 0; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c)); } /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */ static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; if (!die->die_mark) return; die->die_mark = 0; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c)); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a)); } /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table generated for the compilation unit. */ static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names) { unsigned long size; unsigned i; pubname_ref p; size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE; for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++) if (names != pubtype_table || p->die->die_offset != 0 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1; size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; return size; } /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */ static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void) { unsigned long size; size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE; /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */ if (text_section_used) size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; if (cold_text_section_used) size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use; /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */ size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; return size; } /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */ static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref a) { switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class) { case dw_val_class_addr: /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */ switch (a->dw_attr) { case DW_AT_low_pc: case DW_AT_high_pc: case DW_AT_entry_pc: case DW_AT_trampoline: return DW_FORM_addr; default: break; } switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { case 1: return DW_FORM_data1; case 2: return DW_FORM_data2; case 4: return DW_FORM_data4; case 8: return DW_FORM_data8; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_range_list: case dw_val_class_loc_list: if (dwarf_version >= 4) return DW_FORM_sec_offset; /* FALLTHRU */ case dw_val_class_offset: switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) { case 4: return DW_FORM_data4; case 8: return DW_FORM_data8; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_loc: if (dwarf_version >= 4) return DW_FORM_exprloc; switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)))) { case 1: return DW_FORM_block1; case 2: return DW_FORM_block2; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_const: return DW_FORM_sdata; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a))) { case 1: return DW_FORM_data1; case 2: return DW_FORM_data2; case 4: return DW_FORM_data4; case 8: return DW_FORM_data8; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_const_double: switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) { case 8: return DW_FORM_data2; case 16: return DW_FORM_data4; case 32: return DW_FORM_data8; case 64: default: return DW_FORM_block1; } case dw_val_class_vec: switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)) { case 1: return DW_FORM_block1; case 2: return DW_FORM_block2; case 4: return DW_FORM_block4; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_flag: if (dwarf_version >= 4) { /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization in build_abbrev_table that will change those to DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using the same abbrev entry. */ gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1); return DW_FORM_flag_present; } return DW_FORM_flag; case dw_val_class_die_ref: if (AT_ref_external (a)) return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr; else return DW_FORM_ref; case dw_val_class_fde_ref: return DW_FORM_data; case dw_val_class_lbl_id: return DW_FORM_addr; case dw_val_class_lineptr: case dw_val_class_macptr: return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data; case dw_val_class_str: return AT_string_form (a); case dw_val_class_file: switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file))) { case 1: return DW_FORM_data1; case 2: return DW_FORM_data2; case 4: return DW_FORM_data4; default: gcc_unreachable (); } case dw_val_class_data8: return DW_FORM_data8; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */ static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a) { enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form)); } /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation table. */ static void output_abbrev_section (void) { unsigned long abbrev_id; for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id) { dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id]; unsigned ix; dw_attr_ref a_attr; dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)", dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag)); if (abbrev->die_child != NULL) dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes"); else dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no"); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr); ix++) { dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)", dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr)); output_value_format (a_attr); } dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); } /* Terminate the table. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); } /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */ static inline void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die) { char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol; if (sym == 0) return; if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0) /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging will break. */ targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym); } /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the expression. */ static inline dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end, const char *section) { dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node); retlist->begin = begin; retlist->end = end; retlist->expr = expr; retlist->section = section; return retlist; } /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it hasn't got one yet. */ static inline void gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list) { gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol); list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST"); } /* Output the location list given to us. */ static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head) { dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head; ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol); /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */ for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next) { unsigned long size; /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */ if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0) continue; if (!have_multiple_function_sections) { dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section, "Location list begin address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section, "Location list end address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); } else { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, "Location list begin address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, "Location list end address (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); } size = size_of_locs (curr->expr); /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */ gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff); dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size"); output_loc_sequence (curr->expr); } dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, "Location list terminator begin (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, "Location list terminator end (%s)", list_head->ll_symbol); } /* Output a type signature. */ static inline void output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name) { int i; for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name); } /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate the definitions of each child DIE. */ static void output_die (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a; dw_die_ref c; unsigned long size; unsigned ix; /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for them to point to. */ if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol) output_die_symbol (die); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)", (unsigned long)die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag)); for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr); switch (AT_class (a)) { case dw_val_class_addr: dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_offset: dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset, "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_range_list: { char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0'); sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label, debug_ranges_section, "%s", name); *p = '\0'; } break; case dw_val_class_loc: size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)); /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */ if (dwarf_version >= 4) dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name); else dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name); output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a)); break; case dw_val_class_const: /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */ dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)), AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_const_double: { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second; if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, NULL); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high; second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low; } else { first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low; second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high; } dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, first, name); dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, second, NULL); } break; case dw_val_class_vec: { unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length; unsigned int i; unsigned char *p; dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size), len * elt_size, "%s", name); if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) { elt_size /= 2; len *= 2; } for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array; i < len; i++, p += elt_size) dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size), "fp or vector constant word %u", i); break; } case dw_val_class_flag: if (dwarf_version >= 4) { /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization in build_abbrev_table that will change those to DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using the same abbrev entry. */ gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1); if (flag_debug_asm) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, name); break; } dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_loc_list: { char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol; gcc_assert (sym); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section, "%s", name); } break; case dw_val_class_die_ref: if (AT_ref_external (a)) { if (dwarf_version >= 4) { comdat_type_node_ref type_node = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node; gcc_assert (type_node); output_signature (type_node->signature, name); } else { char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol; int size; gcc_assert (sym); /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an offset. */ if (dwarf_version == 2) size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; else size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s", name); } } else { gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset, "%s", name); } break; case dw_val_class_fde_ref: { char l1[20]; ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section, "%s", name); } break; case dw_val_class_lbl_id: dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_lineptr: dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), debug_line_section, "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_macptr: dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_str: if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp) dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label, debug_str_section, "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a)); else dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name); break; case dw_val_class_file: { int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file); dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename); break; } case dw_val_class_data8: { int i; for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name); break; } default: gcc_unreachable (); } } FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c)); /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */ if (die->die_child != NULL) dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx", (unsigned long) die->die_offset); } /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */ static void output_compilation_unit_header (void) { int ver = dwarf_version; if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE, "Length of Compilation Unit Info"); dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number"); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label, debug_abbrev_section, "Offset Into Abbrev. Section"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); } /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */ static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty) { const char *secname; char *oldsym, *tmp; /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */ if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL) return; /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */ mark_dies (die); build_abbrev_table (die); /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */ next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE; calc_die_sizes (die); oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol; if (oldsym) { tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24); sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym); secname = tmp; die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL; switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL)); } else switch_to_section (debug_info_section); /* Output debugging information. */ output_compilation_unit_header (); output_die (die); /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in output_pubnames. */ if (oldsym) { unmark_dies (die); die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym; } } /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */ static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node) { const char *secname; char *tmp; int i; #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) tree comdat_key; #endif /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */ mark_dies (node->root_die); build_abbrev_table (node->root_die); /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */ next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE; calc_die_sizes (node->root_die); #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) secname = ".debug_types"; tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2); sprintf (tmp, "wt."); for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff); comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp); targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE, comdat_key); #else tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2); sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt."); for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff); secname = tmp; switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL)); #endif /* Output debugging information. */ output_compilation_unit_header (); output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset, "Offset to Type DIE"); output_die (node->root_die); unmark_dies (node->root_die); } /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */ static const char * dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope) { return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0); } /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */ static void add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die) { pubname_entry e; e.die = die; e.name = xstrdup (str); VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e); } static void add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die) { if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) { const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1); if (name) add_pubname_string (name, die); } } /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */ static void add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die) { pubname_entry e; e.name = NULL; if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die) && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl))) { e.die = die; if (TYPE_P (decl)) { if (TYPE_NAME (decl)) { if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE) e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl)); else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl))) e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl))); else e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name)); } } else { e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1); if (e.name) e.name = xstrdup (e.name); } /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding it to the table. */ if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0') VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e); } } /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */ static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names) { unsigned i; unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names); pubname_ref pub; if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); if (names == pubname_table) dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length, "Length of Public Names Info"); else dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length, "Length of Public Type Names Info"); /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */ dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version"); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, debug_info_section, "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset, "Compilation Unit Length"); for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++) { /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */ if (names == pubname_table) gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark); if (names != pubtype_table || pub->die->die_offset != 0 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) { dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset, "DIE offset"); dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name"); } } dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL); } /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */ static void add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die) { if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl)) return; if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated) { arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT; arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table, arange_table_allocated); memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0, ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref)); } arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die; } /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table. Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the text section generated for this compilation unit. */ static void output_aranges (void) { unsigned i; unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges (); if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length, "Length of Address Ranges Info"); /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */ dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version"); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, debug_info_section, "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor"); /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */ if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE) { /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any pointer size. */ dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary", 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2) dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL); } /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be confused with the terminator. */ if (text_section_used) { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, text_section_label, "Length"); } if (cold_text_section_used) { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label, "Address"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label, cold_text_section_label, "Length"); } for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++) { dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i]; /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */ gcc_assert (die->die_mark); if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die), "Address"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die), get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length"); } else { /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location. Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */ dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location); dw_loc_descr_ref loc; gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc); loc = AT_loc (a); gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr); dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size), "Length"); } } /* Output the terminator words. */ dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); } /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it was placed. */ static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int num) { unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use; if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated) { ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT; ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table, ranges_table_allocated); memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0, RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)); } ranges_table[in_use].num = num; ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1; return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; } /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */ static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree block) { return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0); } /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels. */ static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end, bool *added) { unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use; unsigned int offset; if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated) { ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT; ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct, ranges_by_label, ranges_by_label_allocated); memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0, RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct)); } ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin; ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end; ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1; offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1); if (!*added) { add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset); *added = true; } } static void output_ranges (void) { unsigned i; static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x"; const char *fmt = start_fmt; for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++) { int block_num = ranges_table[i].num; if (block_num > 0) { char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num); /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the base of the text section. */ if (!have_multiple_function_sections) { dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel, text_section_label, fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, text_section_label, NULL); } /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero, which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the target supports cross-section arithmetic. */ else { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel, fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL); } fmt = NULL; } /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */ else if (block_num < 0) { int lab_idx = - block_num - 1; if (!have_multiple_function_sections) { gcc_unreachable (); #if 0 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single function section, all we have to do is to take out the #if 0 above. */ dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin, text_section_label, fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end, text_section_label, NULL); #endif } else { dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin, fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end, NULL); } } else { dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); fmt = start_fmt; } } } /* Data structure containing information about input files. */ struct file_info { const char *path; /* Complete file name. */ const char *fname; /* File name part. */ int length; /* Length of entire string. */ struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */ int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */ }; /* Data structure containing information about directories with source files. */ struct dir_info { const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */ int length; /* Path length. */ int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */ int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */ int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */ }; /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at the directories in the path. */ static int file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) { const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1; const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2; const unsigned char *cp1; const unsigned char *cp2; /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */ if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname)) return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname); cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path; cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path; while (1) { ++cp1; ++cp2; /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */ if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname) || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)) return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname) - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)); /* Character of current path component the same? */ else if (*cp1 != *cp2) return *cp1 - *cp2; } } struct file_name_acquire_data { struct file_info *files; int used_files; int max_files; }; /* Traversal function for the hash table. */ static int file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data) { struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data; struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; struct file_info *fi; const char *f; gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number); if (! d->emitted_number) return 1; gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files); fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++; /* Skip all leading "./". */ f = d->filename; while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1])) f += 2; /* Create a new array entry. */ fi->path = f; fi->length = strlen (f); fi->file_idx = d; /* Search for the file name part. */ f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR); #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2) { char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2); if (g != NULL) { if (f == NULL || f < g) f = g; } } #endif fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1; return 1; } /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large slowdowns with many input files. */ static void output_file_names (void) { struct file_name_acquire_data fnad; int numfiles; struct file_info *files; struct dir_info *dirs; int *saved; int *savehere; int *backmap; int ndirs; int idx_offset; int i; if (!last_emitted_file) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table"); return; } numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number; /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */ files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles); dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles); fnad.files = files; fnad.used_files = 0; fnad.max_files = numfiles; htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad); gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files); qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp); /* Find all the different directories used. */ dirs[0].path = files[0].path; dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path; dirs[0].prefix = -1; dirs[0].count = 1; dirs[0].dir_idx = 0; files[0].dir_idx = 0; ndirs = 1; for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++) if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path, dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0) { /* Same directory as last entry. */ files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1; ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count; } else { int j; /* This is a new directory. */ dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path; dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path; dirs[ndirs].count = 1; dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs; files[i].dir_idx = ndirs; /* Search for a prefix. */ dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1; for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++) if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length && dirs[j].length > 1 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length) && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0) dirs[ndirs].prefix = j; ++ndirs; } /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most cases and never is much off. */ saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs); savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs); memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0])); for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++) { int j; int total; /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */ savehere[i] = dirs[i].length; total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count; for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++) { savehere[j] = 0; if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length) { /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the dirs[j] path. */ int k; k = dirs[j].prefix; while (k != -1 && k != (int) i) k = dirs[k].prefix; if (k == (int) i) { /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to dirs[i]. */ savehere[j] = dirs[i].length; total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count; } } } /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i] directory. */ if (total > dirs[i].length + 1) { /* It's worthwhile adding. */ for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++) if (savehere[j] > 0) { /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */ saved[j] = savehere[j]; /* Remember the prefix directory. */ dirs[j].dir_idx = i; } } } /* Emit the directory name table. */ idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0; for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++) dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR, "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset); dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table"); /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */ backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles); for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++) backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i; /* Now write all the file names. */ for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++) { int file_idx = backmap[i]; int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx; #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */ /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons, but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */ int ver; long long cdt; long siz; int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path) + dirs[dir_idx].length + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1; char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen); vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver); snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d", files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver); dw2_asm_output_nstring (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1); /* Include directory index. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL); /* Modification time. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0) ? cdt : 0, NULL); /* File length in bytes. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0) ? siz : 0, NULL); #else dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1); /* Include directory index. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL); /* Modification time. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL); /* File length in bytes. */ dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL); #endif } dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table"); } /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This information goes into the .debug_line section. */ static void output_line_info (void) { char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20]; char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; unsigned opc; unsigned n_op_args; unsigned long lt_index; unsigned long current_line; long line_offset; long line_delta; unsigned long current_file; unsigned long function; int ver = dwarf_version; ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0); if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, "Length of Source Line Info"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version"); dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length"); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1); /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length"); if (ver >= 4) dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN, "Maximum Operations Per Instruction"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START, "Default is_stmt_start flag"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE, "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE, "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE, "Special Opcode Base"); for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++) { switch (opc) { case DW_LNS_advance_pc: case DW_LNS_advance_line: case DW_LNS_set_file: case DW_LNS_set_column: case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc: n_op_args = 1; break; default: n_op_args = 0; break; } dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args", opc, n_op_args); } /* Write out the information about the files we use. */ output_file_names (); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2); /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */ /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as a series of state machine operations. */ current_file = 1; current_line = 1; if (cfun && in_cold_section_p) strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label); else strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label); for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index) { dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index]; #if 0 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the prologue. */ /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume that anything after the last address is this line. */ if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file) continue; #endif /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index); if (0) { /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); } else { /* This can handle any delta. This takes 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); } strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label); /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if different from the previous line. */ if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file) { current_file = line_info->dw_file_num; dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file); } /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding that uses the least amount of space. */ if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line) { line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line; line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE; current_line = line_info->dw_line_num; if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1)) /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This takes 1 byte. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta, "line %lu", current_line); else { /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes, depending on the value being encoded. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line, "advance to line %lu", current_line); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); } } else /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); } /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */ if (0) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL); } else { dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL); } dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL); function = 0; current_file = 1; current_line = 1; for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;) { dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index]; #if 0 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */ if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file && line_info->function == function) goto cont; #endif /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need to handle it differently. */ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index); if (function != line_info->function) { function = line_info->function; /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); } else { /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */ if (0) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); } else { dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); } } strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label); /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if different from the previous line. */ if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file) { current_file = line_info->dw_file_num; dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file); } /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding that uses the least amount of space. */ if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line) { line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line; line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE; current_line = line_info->dw_line_num; if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1)) dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta, "line %lu", current_line); else { dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line, "advance to line %lu", current_line); dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); } } else dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); #if 0 cont: #endif lt_index++; /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */ if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function) { current_file = 1; current_line = 1; /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function); if (0) { dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); } else { dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); } /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */ dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL); } } /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */ ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); } /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */ static unsigned long size_of_dcall_table (void) { unsigned long size; unsigned int i; dcall_entry *p; tree last_poc_decl = NULL; /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */ size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1; /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++) { gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL); /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */ if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl) { dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl); gcc_assert (poc_die); last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl; if (poc_die) size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset)); } size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset); } return size; } /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when identical function have been merged. */ static void output_dcall_table (void) { unsigned i; unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table (); dcall_entry *p; char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; tree last_poc_decl = NULL; if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length, "Length of Direct Call Table"); dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number"); dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, debug_info_section, "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++) { /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */ if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl) { dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl); last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl; if (poc_die) { dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset, "Caller DIE offset"); } } ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset, "Callee DIE offset"); } } /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */ static unsigned long size_of_vcall_table (void) { unsigned long size; unsigned int i; vcall_entry *p; /* Header: version + pointer size. */ size = 2 + 1; /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++) size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot); return size; } /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when identical function have been merged. */ static void output_vcall_table (void) { unsigned i; unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table (); vcall_entry *p; char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length, "Length of Virtual Call Table"); dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number"); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++) { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num); dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot"); } } /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to a DIE that describes the given type. This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */ static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree type) { dw_die_ref base_type_result; enum dwarf_type encoding; if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE) return 0; /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type, use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */ if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE) type = TREE_TYPE (type); switch (TREE_CODE (type)) { case INTEGER_TYPE: if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)) { if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char; else encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char; } else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned; else encoding = DW_ATE_signed; break; case REAL_TYPE: if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type))) { if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float; else encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; } else encoding = DW_ATE_float; break; case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed; else encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed; break; /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use a user defined type for it. */ case COMPLEX_TYPE: if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE) encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float; else encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; break; case BOOLEAN_TYPE: /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */ encoding = DW_ATE_boolean; break; default: /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */ gcc_unreachable (); } base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type); add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size, int_size_in_bytes (type)); add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding); return base_type_result; } /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */ static inline int is_base_type (tree type) { switch (TREE_CODE (type)) { case ERROR_MARK: case VOID_TYPE: case INTEGER_TYPE: case REAL_TYPE: case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: case COMPLEX_TYPE: case BOOLEAN_TYPE: return 1; case ARRAY_TYPE: case RECORD_TYPE: case UNION_TYPE: case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: case ENUMERAL_TYPE: case FUNCTION_TYPE: case METHOD_TYPE: case POINTER_TYPE: case REFERENCE_TYPE: case OFFSET_TYPE: case LANG_TYPE: case VECTOR_TYPE: return 0; default: gcc_unreachable (); } return 0; } /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an ERROR_MARK node. */ static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type) { if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK) return BITS_PER_WORD; else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE) return 0; else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)) return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1); else return TYPE_ALIGN (type); } /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer to a DIE that describes the given type. */ static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref subrange_die; const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); if (context_die == NULL) context_die = comp_unit_die; subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type); if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes) { /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match, so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */ add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes); } if (low) add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low); if (high) add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high); return subrange_die; } /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */ static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type, dw_die_ref context_die) { enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); dw_die_ref mod_type_die; dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL; tree item_type = NULL; tree qualified_type; tree name, low, high; if (code == ERROR_MARK) return NULL; /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of this type. */ qualified_type = get_qualified_type (type, ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0) | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0))); if (qualified_type == sizetype && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL) { #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type))) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type))) == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type) && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type))) == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type)); #endif qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)); } /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */ if (qualified_type) { mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type); if (mod_type_die) return mod_type_die; } name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL; /* Handle C typedef types. */ if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)) { tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name); if (qualified_type == dtype) { /* For a named type, use the typedef. */ gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die); return lookup_type_die (qualified_type); } else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype) || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype) || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype) && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype) && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type)) /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed type to which it refers. */ return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name), is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die); /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */ } if (is_const_type) { mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type); sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die); } else if (is_volatile_type) { mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type); sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die); } else if (code == POINTER_TYPE) { mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type); add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type))) add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)); } else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) { mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type); add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type))) add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)); } else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high)) { mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die); item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); } else if (is_base_type (type)) mod_type_die = base_type_die (type); else { gen_type_die (type, context_die); /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original ..._TYPE node. */ if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE) return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type)); else /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type, not the main variant. */ return lookup_type_die (type); } /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those, don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type if the base type already has the same name. */ if (name && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type))) || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type && DECL_NAME (name)))) { if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL) /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here, but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any useful source coordinates anyway. */ name = DECL_NAME (name); add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name)); } /* This probably indicates a bug. */ else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type) add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__"); if (qualified_type) equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die); if (item_type) /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */ sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type, TYPE_READONLY (item_type), TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type), context_die); if (sub_die != NULL) add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die); return mod_type_die; } /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T. T must be either a generic type or a generic function. See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */ static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree t) { tree parms, args; int parms_num, i; dw_die_ref die = NULL; if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t))) return; if (TYPE_P (t)) die = lookup_type_die (t); else if (DECL_P (t)) die = lookup_decl_die (t); gcc_assert (die); parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t); if (!parms) /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type or function. End of story. */ return; parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms); args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t); for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++) { tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems; parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i); arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i); arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg); gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg); if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg) { /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack, emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be an argument pack. */ if (arg_pack_elems) template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg_pack_elems, die); else generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg, true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die); } } } /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be the representation of a generic type parameter. For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter. ARG is the argument to PARM. EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the name of the PARM. PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to, as a child node. */ static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg, bool emit_name_p, dw_die_ref parent_die) { dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL; const char *name = NULL; if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg) return NULL; /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments, type generic parameters and arguments, as well as generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++) and arguments. */ if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL) /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm); else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL) /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm); else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm)) /* PARM is a generic generic parameter. Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the name of the template template argument. */ tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param, parent_die, parm); else gcc_unreachable (); if (tmpl_die) { tree tmpl_type; /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are emitting debug info for a template argument pack element. In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element. In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for the die. */ if (emit_name_p) { name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)); gcc_assert (name); add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name); } if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm)) { /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG. If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */ tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg); add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0, TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type), parent_die); } else { /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */ /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set to the name of the argument. */ name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1); if (name) add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name); } if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL) /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter. DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value of ARG. We must be careful here: The value of ARG might reference some function decls. We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be emitted after cgraph computations. So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to after cgraph is ready. */ append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg); } return tmpl_die; } /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing. PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */ static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack, tree parm_pack_args, dw_die_ref parent_die) { dw_die_ref die; int j; gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack); die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack); for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++) generic_parameter_die (parm_pack, TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j), false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */, die); return die; } /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is an enumerated type. */ static inline int type_is_enum (const_tree type) { return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE; } /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */ static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl) { unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl); gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs) { int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno); if (leaf_reg != -1) regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg; } #endif return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno); } /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression. DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */ static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; if (*list_head != NULL) { /* Find the end of the chain. */ for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) ; if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece) loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0); } } /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or zero if there is none. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized) { rtx regs; if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) return 0; /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */ if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx) && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl) { dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL; if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) { result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized); if (result) add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); } return result; } regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl); if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs) return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized); else return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized); } /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for a given hard register number. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized) { dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr; if (regno <= 31) reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0); else reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0); if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return reg_loc_descr; } /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that designates a value that spans more than one register. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs, enum var_init_status initialized) { int nregs, size, i; unsigned reg; dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; reg = REGNO (rtl); #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs) { int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg); if (leaf_reg != -1) reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg; } #endif gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl)); nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)]; /* Simple, contiguous registers. */ if (regs == NULL_RTX) { size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs; loc_result = NULL; while (nregs--) { dw_loc_descr_ref t; t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size); ++reg; } return loc_result; } /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */ gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL); size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0))); loc_result = NULL; for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i) { dw_loc_descr_ref t; t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t); size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0))); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size); } if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return loc_result; } #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */ #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO) /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i) { enum dwarf_location_atom op; /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just defaulting to the LEB encoding. */ if (i >= 0) { if (i <= 31) op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i); else if (i <= 0xff) op = DW_OP_const1u; else if (i <= 0xffff) op = DW_OP_const2u; else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff) op = DW_OP_const4u; else op = DW_OP_constu; } else { if (i >= -0x80) op = DW_OP_const1s; else if (i >= -0x8000) op = DW_OP_const2s; else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000) op = DW_OP_const4s; else op = DW_OP_consts; } return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0); } #endif #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value. This can appear only as toplevel expression. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i) { int litsize; dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) return NULL; if (i >= 0) { if (i <= 31) litsize = 1; else if (i <= 0xff) litsize = 2; else if (i <= 0xffff) litsize = 3; else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff) litsize = 5; else litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i); } else { if (i >= -0x80) litsize = 2; else if (i >= -0x8000) litsize = 3; else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000) litsize = 5; else litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i); } /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need: litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value) and for DW_OP_implicit_value: 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */ if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size) { loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i); add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); return loc_result; } loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, size, 0); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i; return loc_result; } /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, enum var_init_status initialized) { unsigned int regno; dw_loc_descr_ref result; dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */ if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx) { rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); if (elim != reg) { if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS) { offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1)); elim = XEXP (elim, 0); } gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx || elim == stack_pointer_rtx)) || elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx)); /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to access stack variables. */ if (crtl->stack_realign_tried && reg == frame_pointer_rtx) { int base_reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM) ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset); } offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset; return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0); } } else if (!optimize && fde && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg) || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg))) { /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed on the stack when drap is used to align stack. Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something else in other part of the routine. */ return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0); } regno = dbx_reg_number (reg); if (regno <= 31) result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno), offset, 0); else result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset); if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return result; } /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */ static inline int is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl) { return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))))); } /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0) failed. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem) { tree base; dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result; if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX) return NULL; base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem)); if (base == NULL || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base)) return NULL; loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1); if (loc_result == NULL) return NULL; if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem))) loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem))); return loc_result; } /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf expression. */ static void expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason) { if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)) { fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: "); if (expr) print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags); if (rtl) { fprintf (dump_file, "\n"); print_rtl (dump_file, rtl); } fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason); } } /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly or via for_each_rtx. */ static int const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx rtl = *rtlp; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC) { /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume we can't express it in the debug info. */ #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING inform (current_function_decl ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl) : UNKNOWN_LOCATION, "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location", XINT (rtl, 1)); #endif expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n"); return 1; } if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF) return 0; if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl)) { bool marked; get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked); /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away, it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */ if (!marked) { expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n"); return 1; } } if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE) return 1; /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library, and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */ if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl)) { tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl); if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl)) { expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n"); return 1; } } return 0; } /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */ static bool const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl) { if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF) return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST) return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0; return true; } /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a hypothetical "address evaluation" stack. When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes. MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some autoincrement addressing modes. CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location list for RTL. Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status initialized) { dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL; enum dwarf_location_atom op; dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1; /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the zeroth element of the array. */ rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) { case POST_INC: case POST_DEC: case POST_MODIFY: return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized); case SUBREG: /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register) variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which contains the given subreg. */ if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl)) break; rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl); if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) break; if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT) break; mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized); break; case REG: /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon what category of register the hardware believes the given register belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg), OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */ if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); else if (stack_realign_drap && crtl->drap_reg && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) { /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized out, use DRAP instead. */ mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); } break; case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND: op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0) break; else { int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND) op = DW_OP_shra; else op = DW_OP_shr; mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); } break; case MEM: mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (mem_loc_result == NULL) mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl); if (mem_loc_result != 0) { if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch"); return 0; } else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0)); else add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0)); } else { rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); if (new_rtl != rtl) return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized); } break; case LO_SUM: rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); /* ... fall through ... */ case LABEL_REF: /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant pool. */ case CONST: case SYMBOL_REF: if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE) { dw_loc_descr_ref temp; /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */ if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) break; temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; temp->dtprel = true; mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp); break; } if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) break; symref: mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); break; case CONCAT: case CONCATN: case VAR_LOCATION: expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor"); return 0; case PRE_MODIFY: /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into PLUS code below. */ rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); goto plus; case PRE_INC: case PRE_DEC: /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code below. */ rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0), GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode))); /* ... fall through ... */ case PLUS: plus: if (is_based_loc (rtl)) mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); else { mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (mem_loc_result == 0) break; if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))); else { dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (mem_loc_result2 == 0) break; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); } } break; /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */ case MINUS: op = DW_OP_minus; goto do_binop; case MULT: op = DW_OP_mul; goto do_binop; case DIV: op = DW_OP_div; goto do_binop; case UMOD: op = DW_OP_mod; goto do_binop; case ASHIFT: op = DW_OP_shl; goto do_binop; case ASHIFTRT: op = DW_OP_shra; goto do_binop; case LSHIFTRT: op = DW_OP_shr; goto do_binop; case AND: op = DW_OP_and; goto do_binop; case IOR: op = DW_OP_or; goto do_binop; case XOR: op = DW_OP_xor; goto do_binop; do_binop: op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) break; mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); break; case MOD: op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) break; mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0)); break; case NOT: op = DW_OP_not; goto do_unop; case ABS: op = DW_OP_abs; goto do_unop; case NEG: op = DW_OP_neg; goto do_unop; do_unop: op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0) break; mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); break; case CONST_INT: mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)); break; case EQ: op = DW_OP_eq; goto do_scompare; case GE: op = DW_OP_ge; goto do_scompare; case GT: op = DW_OP_gt; goto do_scompare; case LE: op = DW_OP_le; goto do_scompare; case LT: op = DW_OP_lt; goto do_scompare; case NE: op = DW_OP_ne; goto do_scompare; do_scompare: if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) break; else { enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)); if (op_mode == VOIDmode) op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)); if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT) break; op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) break; if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode); shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended, there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */ if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne) { dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1; for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next) ; for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next) ; /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check whether they are zero extended or not. */ if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))) && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)) && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))) goto do_compare; } add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift); else { add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); } } } do_compare: mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1) { add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); } break; case GEU: op = DW_OP_ge; goto do_ucompare; case GTU: op = DW_OP_gt; goto do_ucompare; case LEU: op = DW_OP_le; goto do_ucompare; case LTU: op = DW_OP_lt; goto do_ucompare; do_ucompare: if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) break; else { enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)); if (op_mode == VOIDmode) op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)); if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT) break; op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) break; if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode); dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1; for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next) ; for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next) ; if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask); /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */ else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) { add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); } if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask); /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */ else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) { add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); } } else { HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1; bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))); else add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); } } goto do_compare; case SMIN: case SMAX: case UMIN: case UMAX: if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) break; op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) break; add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX) { if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); } else { HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1; bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); } } else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); } if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN) op = DW_OP_lt; else op = DW_OP_gt; mem_loc_result = op0; add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); { dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node; bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0)); drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node); bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node; } break; case ZERO_EXTRACT: case SIGN_EXTRACT: if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)) && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2)) && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2)) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl))) && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { int shift, size; op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (op0 == 0) break; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT) op = DW_OP_shra; else op = DW_OP_shr; mem_loc_result = op0; size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2)); if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) - shift - size; if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - shift - size)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); } if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size)); add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); } } break; case COMPARE: case IF_THEN_ELSE: case ROTATE: case ROTATERT: case TRUNCATE: /* In theory, we could implement the above. */ /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations natively. */ case SS_MULT: case US_MULT: case SS_DIV: case US_DIV: case SS_PLUS: case US_PLUS: case SS_MINUS: case US_MINUS: case SS_NEG: case US_NEG: case SS_ABS: case SS_ASHIFT: case US_ASHIFT: case SS_TRUNCATE: case US_TRUNCATE: case UDIV: case UNORDERED: case ORDERED: case UNEQ: case UNGE: case UNGT: case UNLE: case UNLT: case LTGT: case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: case FLOAT: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: case FIX: case UNSIGNED_FIX: case FRACT_CONVERT: case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT: case SAT_FRACT: case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT: case SQRT: case BSWAP: case FFS: case CLZ: case CTZ: case POPCOUNT: case PARITY: case ASM_OPERANDS: case VEC_MERGE: case VEC_SELECT: case VEC_CONCAT: case VEC_DUPLICATE: case UNSPEC: case HIGH: /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some TLS UNSPECs. */ break; case CONST_STRING: resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL); goto symref; default: #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING print_rtl (stderr, rtl); gcc_unreachable (); #else break; #endif } if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return mem_loc_result; } /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations. This is typically a complex variable. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized) { dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL; dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0) return 0; cc_loc_result = x0_ref; add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0))); add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1))); if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return cc_loc_result; } /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized) { unsigned int i; dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL; unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0); for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) { dw_loc_descr_ref ref; rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i); ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); if (ref == NULL) return NULL; add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))); } if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); return cc_loc_result; } /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are allowed, VOIDmode otherwise. If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status initialized) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) { case SUBREG: /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register) variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which contains the given subreg. */ loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized); break; case REG: loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized); break; case SIGN_EXTEND: case ZERO_EXTEND: loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized); break; case MEM: loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl), initialized); if (loc_result == NULL) loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl); if (loc_result == NULL) { rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); if (new_rtl != rtl) loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized); } break; case CONCAT: loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1), initialized); break; case CONCATN: loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized); break; case VAR_LOCATION: /* Single part. */ if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL) { rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl); if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST) loc = XEXP (loc, 0); loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized); break; } rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); /* FALLTHRU */ case PARALLEL: { rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0); int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems); enum machine_mode mode; int i; /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */ loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0), VOIDmode, initialized); if (loc_result == NULL) return NULL; mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0)); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++) { dw_loc_descr_ref temp; temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0), VOIDmode, initialized); if (temp == NULL) return NULL; add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp); mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0)); add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); } } break; case CONST_INT: if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), INTVAL (rtl)); break; case CONST_DOUBLE: if (mode == VOIDmode) mode = GET_MODE (rtl); if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl)); /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */ loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) { unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length); insert_float (rtl, array); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array; } else { loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl); } } break; case CONST_VECTOR: if (mode == VOIDmode) mode = GET_MODE (rtl); if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)); unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl); unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size); unsigned int i; unsigned char *p; gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl)); switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode)) { case MODE_VECTOR_INT: for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) { rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi; switch (GET_CODE (elt)) { case CONST_INT: lo = INTVAL (elt); hi = -(lo < 0); break; case CONST_DOUBLE: lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt); hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) insert_int (lo, elt_size, p); else { unsigned char *p0 = p; unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT); gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { p0 = p1; p1 = p; } insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0); insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1); } } break; case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT: for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) { rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); insert_float (elt, p); } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, length * elt_size, 0); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array; } break; case CONST: if (mode == VOIDmode || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR) { loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized); break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case SYMBOL_REF: if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) break; case LABEL_REF: if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); } break; default: if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { /* Value expression. */ loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized); if (loc_result) add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); } break; } return loc_result; } /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the address ranges where a given location is valid. 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that. 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that. 3. Otherwise, use the text section. XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */ static const char * secname_for_decl (const_tree decl) { const char *secname; if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl)) { tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl); secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree); } else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl)) { tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl); secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree); } else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p) secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label; else secname = text_section_label; return secname; } /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */ static bool decl_by_reference_p (tree decl) { return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL) && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl)); } /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor for VARLOC. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address, enum var_init_status initialized) { int have_address = 0; dw_loc_descr_ref descr; enum machine_mode mode; if (want_address != 2) { gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION); /* Single part. */ if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL) { varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc); if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST) varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0); mode = GET_MODE (varloc); if (MEM_P (varloc)) { rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0); descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized); if (descr) have_address = 1; else { rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc); if (x != varloc) descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized); } } else descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized); } else return 0; } else { descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized); have_address = 1; } if (!descr) return 0; if (want_address == 2 && !have_address && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DWARF address size mismatch"); return 0; } add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); have_address = 1; } /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */ if (want_address && !have_address) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "Want address and only have value"); return 0; } /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */ if (!want_address && have_address) { HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)); enum dwarf_location_atom op; if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DWARF address size mismatch"); return 0; } else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) op = DW_OP_deref; else op = DW_OP_deref_size; add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); } return descr; } /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree function. */ static dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address) { const char *endname, *secname; rtx varloc; enum var_init_status initialized; struct var_loc_node *node; dw_loc_descr_ref descr; char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL; dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list; /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base, actually construct the list of locations. The first location information is what is passed to the function that creates the location list, and the remaining locations just get added on to that list. Note that we only know the start address for a location (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use the range [current location start, next location start]. This means we have to special case the last node, and generate a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */ secname = secname_for_decl (decl); for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next) if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX) { /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */ initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note); varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note); descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized); if (descr) { *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label, secname); listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next; } } /* If the variable has a location at the last label it keeps its location until the end of function. */ if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX) { initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note); varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note); descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized); if (descr) { if (!current_function_decl) endname = text_end_label; else { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); endname = ggc_strdup (label_id); } *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname); listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next; } } /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one location entry in the first place. If some entries were not representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was applies to the entire scope in which the variable is available. */ if (list && loc_list->first->next) gen_llsym (list); return list; } /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented as location description. */ static bool single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list) { gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol); return !list->ll_symbol; } /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */ static void add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref) { dw_loc_descr_ref copy; add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref); list = list->dw_loc_next; while (list) { copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node); memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node)); add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy); while (copy->dw_loc_next) { dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node); memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node)); copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy; copy = new_copy; } list = list->dw_loc_next; } } /* Given two lists RET and LIST produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST to expression in RET on each possition in program. Might be destructive on both RET and LIST. TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order and merging them that will need some additional work. Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed structures. */ static void add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list) { if (!list) return; if (!*ret) { *ret = list; return; } if (!list->dw_loc_next) { add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr); return; } if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next) { add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr); *ret = list; return; } expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial" " location lists.\n"); *ret = NULL; return; } /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc) { /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */ rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc); enum machine_mode mode; if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)) { gcc_assert (!rtl); return 0; } gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF); /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully populated. */ if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)))) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CST value in contant pool but not marked."); return 0; } mode = GET_MODE (rtl); rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); } /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it into simple arithmetics. */ static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev) { tree obj, offset; HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos; enum machine_mode mode; int volatilep; int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)); dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL; obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); STRIP_NOPS (obj); if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access"); return 0; } if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj)) { expansion_failed (obj, NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence"); return 0; } if (!offset && !bitpos) list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1); else if (toplev && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0); if (!list_ret) return 0; if (offset) { /* Variable offset. */ list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0); if (list_ret1 == 0) return 0; add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); if (!list_ret) return 0; add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); } bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; if (bytepos > 0) add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0)); else if (bytepos < 0) loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); } return list_ret; } /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC. If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used to refer to register values). */ static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address) { dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL; dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL; int have_address = 0; enum dwarf_location_atom op; /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real problem... */ switch (TREE_CODE (loc)) { case ERROR_MARK: expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK"); return 0; case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using the names of types. */ expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR"); return 0; case CALL_EXPR: expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR"); /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */ return 0; case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT"); /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */ return 0; case ADDR_EXPR: /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside e.g. for &this->field. */ if (want_address) { list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (loc, want_address == 2); if (list_ret) have_address = 1; else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)) && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) have_address = 1; } /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */ if (!list_ret && !ret) list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1); else { if (want_address) expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR"); return NULL; } break; case VAR_DECL: if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc)) { rtx rtl; enum dwarf_location_atom first_op; enum dwarf_location_atom second_op; bool dtprel = false; if (targetm.have_tls) { /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */ if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) return 0; /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only look up addresses of objects in the current module. */ if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc)) return 0; first_op = DW_OP_addr; dtprel = true; second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address; } else { if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) return 0; loc = emutls_decl (loc); first_op = DW_OP_addr; second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address; } rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc); if (rtl == NULL_RTX) return 0; if (!MEM_P (rtl)) return 0; rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl)) return 0; ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0); ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; ret->dtprel = dtprel; ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1); have_address = 1; break; } /* FALLTHRU */ case PARM_DECL: if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc)) return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), want_address); /* FALLTHRU */ case RESULT_DECL: case FUNCTION_DECL: { rtx rtl; var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc); if (loc_list && loc_list->first) { list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address); have_address = want_address != 0; break; } rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc); if (rtl == NULL_RTX) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL"); return 0; } else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl)) { HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl); if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc)); ret = int_loc_descriptor (val); } else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING"); return 0; } else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl)) { ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; } else { enum machine_mode mode; /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */ if (want_address == 2) { ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); have_address = 1; } else { mode = GET_MODE (rtl); if (MEM_P (rtl)) { rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); have_address = 1; } ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); } if (!ret) expansion_failed (loc, rtl, "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl"); } } break; case INDIRECT_REF: case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF: case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF: list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); have_address = 1; break; case COMPOUND_EXPR: return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address); CASE_CONVERT: case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: case SAVE_EXPR: case MODIFY_EXPR: return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address); case COMPONENT_REF: case BIT_FIELD_REF: case ARRAY_REF: case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: case REALPART_EXPR: case IMAGPART_EXPR: { tree obj, offset; HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos; enum machine_mode mode; int volatilep; int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)); obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); gcc_assert (obj != loc); list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj, want_address == 2 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1); /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even for nonzero bitpos. */ if (list_ret == 0) return 0; if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access"); return 0; } if (offset != NULL_TREE) { /* Variable offset. */ list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0); if (list_ret1 == 0) return 0; add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); if (!list_ret) return 0; add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); } bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; if (bytepos > 0) add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0)); else if (bytepos < 0) loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos); have_address = 1; break; } case INTEGER_CST: if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0)) && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) have_address = 1; else if (want_address == 2 && host_integerp (loc, 0) && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)), tree_low_cst (loc, 0)))) have_address = 1; else if (host_integerp (loc, 0)) ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0)); else { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "Integer operand is not host integer"); return 0; } break; case CONSTRUCTOR: case REAL_CST: case STRING_CST: case COMPLEX_CST: if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) have_address = 1; else /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */ expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "constructor or constant not in constant pool"); break; case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: case BIT_AND_EXPR: op = DW_OP_and; goto do_binop; case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: case BIT_XOR_EXPR: op = DW_OP_xor; goto do_binop; case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: case BIT_IOR_EXPR: op = DW_OP_or; goto do_binop; case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) return 0; op = DW_OP_div; goto do_binop; case MINUS_EXPR: op = DW_OP_minus; goto do_binop; case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) { op = DW_OP_mod; goto do_binop; } list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0) return 0; add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); if (list_ret == 0) return 0; add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0)); break; case MULT_EXPR: op = DW_OP_mul; goto do_binop; case LSHIFT_EXPR: op = DW_OP_shl; goto do_binop; case RSHIFT_EXPR: op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra); goto do_binop; case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: case PLUS_EXPR: if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0)) { list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); if (list_ret == 0) return 0; loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0)); break; } op = DW_OP_plus; goto do_binop; case LE_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) return 0; op = DW_OP_le; goto do_binop; case GE_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) return 0; op = DW_OP_ge; goto do_binop; case LT_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) return 0; op = DW_OP_lt; goto do_binop; case GT_EXPR: if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) return 0; op = DW_OP_gt; goto do_binop; case EQ_EXPR: op = DW_OP_eq; goto do_binop; case NE_EXPR: op = DW_OP_ne; goto do_binop; do_binop: list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0) return 0; add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); if (list_ret == 0) return 0; add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); break; case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: case BIT_NOT_EXPR: op = DW_OP_not; goto do_unop; case ABS_EXPR: op = DW_OP_abs; goto do_unop; case NEGATE_EXPR: op = DW_OP_neg; goto do_unop; do_unop: list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); if (list_ret == 0) return 0; add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); break; case MIN_EXPR: case MAX_EXPR: { const enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR; loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc), build2 (code, integer_type_node, TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)); } /* ... fall through ... */ case COND_EXPR: { dw_loc_descr_ref lhs = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); dw_loc_list_ref rhs = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0); dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp; list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0) return 0; bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node); add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs); jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs); bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs; /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */ tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0); add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp); jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp; } break; case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: return 0; default: /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */ if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc) >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "language specific tree node"); return 0; } #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of these explicitly. We forgot one. */ gcc_unreachable (); #else /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */ return NULL; #endif } if (!ret && !list_ret) return 0; if (want_address == 2 && !have_address && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) { if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DWARF address size mismatch"); return 0; } if (ret) add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); else add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); have_address = 1; } /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */ if (want_address && !have_address) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "Want address and only have value"); return 0; } gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret); /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */ if (!want_address && have_address) { HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)); if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DWARF address size mismatch"); return 0; } else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) op = DW_OP_deref; else op = DW_OP_deref_size; if (ret) add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); else add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); } if (ret) list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL); return list_ret; } /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */ static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address) { dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address); if (!ret) return NULL; if (ret->dw_loc_next) { expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "Location list where only loc descriptor needed"); return NULL; } return ret->expr; } /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary' which is not less than the value itself. */ static inline HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary) { return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary); } /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an ERROR_MARK node. */ static inline tree field_type (const_tree decl) { tree type; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) return integer_type_node; type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl); if (type == NULL_TREE) type = TREE_TYPE (decl); return type; } /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to be an ERROR_MARK node. */ static inline unsigned simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type) { return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD; } static inline unsigned simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl) { return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD; } /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */ static inline HOST_WIDE_INT round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align) { /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */ unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t; u += align - 1; u /= align; u *= align; return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u; } /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */ static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree decl) { HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits; HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) return 0; gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL); /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */ if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)) return 0; bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl); #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS) { tree type; tree field_size_tree; HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits; unsigned int type_align_in_bits; unsigned int decl_align_in_bits; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits; type = field_type (decl); type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type); type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type); field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl); /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for a flexible array member. */ if (!field_size_tree) field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node; /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */ if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1)) field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1); else field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits; decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl); /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky: struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; }; Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */ /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */ deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits; /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */ object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits; /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */ object_offset_in_bits = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits); if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int) { object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits; /* Round up to decl_align instead. */ object_offset_in_bits = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits); } } else #endif object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int; return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT; } /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data associated with them. */ /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */ static inline void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref descr) { if (descr == 0) return; if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr)) add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr); else add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr); } /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function above). For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below.) */ static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) { HOST_WIDE_INT offset; dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO) { /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */ if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ()) { /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our vtable. The following dwarf expression means BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset) This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */ dw_loc_descr_ref tmp; /* Make a copy of the object address. */ tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); /* Extract the vtable address. */ tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); /* Calculate the address of the offset. */ offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0); gcc_assert (offset < 0); tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); /* Extract the offset. */ tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); /* Add it to the object address. */ tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0); add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); } else offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0); } else offset = field_byte_offset (decl); if (! loc_descr) { if (dwarf_version > 2) { /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */ add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset); return; } else { enum dwarf_location_atom op; /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */ #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */ op = DW_OP_constu; #else op = DW_OP_plus_uconst; #endif loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0); } } add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr); } /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */ static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest) { while (size != 0) { *dest++ = val & 0xff; val >>= 8; --size; } } /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */ static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size) { HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0; src += size; while (size != 0) { val <<= 8; val |= *--src & 0xff; --size; } return val; } /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */ static void insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array) { REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv; long val[4]; int i; REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl); real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl)); /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */ for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++) { insert_int (val[i], 4, array); array += 4; } } /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */ static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl) { switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) { case CONST_INT: { HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl); if (val < 0) add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val); else add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val); } return true; case CONST_DOUBLE: /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately represented. */ { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl); if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) { unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length); insert_float (rtl, array); add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array); } else add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value, CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl)); } return true; case CONST_VECTOR: { enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl); unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode); unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl); unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size); unsigned int i; unsigned char *p; switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode)) { case MODE_VECTOR_INT: for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) { rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi; switch (GET_CODE (elt)) { case CONST_INT: lo = INTVAL (elt); hi = -(lo < 0); break; case CONST_DOUBLE: lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt); hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) insert_int (lo, elt_size, p); else { unsigned char *p0 = p; unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT); gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)); if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) { p0 = p1; p1 = p; } insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0); insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1); } } break; case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT: for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) { rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); insert_float (elt, p); } break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array); } return true; case CONST_STRING: if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result; resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL); rtl_addr: loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result); VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); return true; } return false; case CONST: if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0)); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case SYMBOL_REF: if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) return false; case LABEL_REF: if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) goto rtl_addr; return false; case PLUS: /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */ return false; case HIGH: case CONST_FIXED: return false; case MEM: if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode) { add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)); return true; } return false; default: /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */ gcc_unreachable (); } return false; } /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be output). */ static tree reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees, void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp)) *walk_subtrees = 0; if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp) && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp)) return *tp; /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now be conservative. */ else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL)) return *tp; else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL) { struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp); if (!node->needed) return *tp; } else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp))) { /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing, optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now. So if *TP has no call graph node associated to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */ if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp)) return *tp; } else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp)) return *tp; return NULL_TREE; } /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE, for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */ static rtx rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type) { rtx rtl = NULL_RTX; /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded zeros, build CONST_STRING. */ if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) { tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type); tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype); if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 && domain && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)) && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1)) { rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init))); rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl); MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1; } } /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using CONCAT: FIXME! */ else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) ; /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target. FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */ else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode) ; /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to reference variables which won't be output. */ else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL)) { /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if possible. */ if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) switch (TREE_CODE (init)) { case VECTOR_CST: break; case CONSTRUCTOR: if (TREE_CONSTANT (init)) { VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); bool constant_p = true; tree value; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix; /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */ FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value) if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value)) { constant_p = false; break; } if (constant_p) { init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts); break; } } /* FALLTHRU */ default: return NULL; } rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER); /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */ gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)); } return rtl; } /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */ static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl) { rtx rtl; /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives" (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL. DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never referenced within the function. We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg. Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl), we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a place where a value of that type is passed. In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different, we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus, if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing output at debug-time. So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases, TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below. Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new* value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it. A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */ /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */ rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl); /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in fixed registers. */ if (! reload_completed) { if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || (MEM_P (rtl) && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) || (REG_P (rtl) && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl)))) { rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); return rtl; } rtl = NULL_RTX; } else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL) { if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)) { tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl); tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl); enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type); enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type); /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out. Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */ if (dmode == pmode) rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl); else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode) && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode) && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) { rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl); if (REG_P (inc)) rtl = inc; else if (MEM_P (inc)) { if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode)); else rtl = inc; } } } /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */ /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe thing to do. */ else if (MEM_P (rtl) && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) /* Not passed in memory. */ && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) /* Not passed by invisible reference. */ && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM #endif ) /* Big endian correction check. */ && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl) && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))) < UNITS_PER_WORD)) { int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))); rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset)); } } else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && rtl && MEM_P (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) { int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)); int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))); /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes, else gdb will not be able to display it. */ if (rsize > dsize) rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize)); } /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant, and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it. C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */ if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl)) rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl)); if (rtl) rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from code, and thus is not emitted. */ if (rtl) rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing it. */ if (rtl == NULL_RTX && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_STATIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl) && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode) { rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl); if (!MEM_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl) rtl = NULL_RTX; } return rtl; } /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */ static tree fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value) { tree val_expr, cvar; enum machine_mode mode; HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; tree offset; int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0; /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't be handled as such. */ if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL || !TREE_STATIC (decl) || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl) || !is_fortran ()) return NULL_TREE; val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl); if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF) return NULL_TREE; cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true); if (cvar == NULL_TREE || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar) || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar)) return NULL_TREE; *value = 0; if (offset != NULL) { if (!host_integerp (offset, 0)) return NULL_TREE; *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0); } if (bitpos != 0) *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; return cvar; } /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */ static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, enum dwarf_attribute attr) { rtx rtl; dw_loc_list_ref list; var_loc_list *loc_list; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) return false; gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL); /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of the location. */ rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl); if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)) return true; /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */ loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl); if (loc_list && loc_list->first && loc_list->first == loc_list->last && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note) && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)) { struct var_loc_node *node; node = loc_list->first; rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note); if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST) rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)) return true; } list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2); if (list) { add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list); return true; } /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location; try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */ return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl); } /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */ static void defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die) { deferred_locations entry; entry.variable = variable; entry.die = die; VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry); } /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */ static bool native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size) { tree type; if (init == NULL_TREE) return false; STRIP_NOPS (init); switch (TREE_CODE (init)) { case STRING_CST: type = TREE_TYPE (init); if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) { tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type); enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype); if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1) return false; if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) return false; if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)) { memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)); memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init), '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)); } else memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size); return true; } return false; case CONSTRUCTOR: type = TREE_TYPE (init); if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) return false; if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) { HOST_WIDE_INT min_index; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt; int curpos = 0, fieldsize; constructor_elt *ce; if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0)) return false; fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)); if (fieldsize <= 0) return false; min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0); memset (array, '\0', size); for (cnt = 0; VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce); cnt++) { tree val = ce->value; tree index = ce->index; int pos = curpos; if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index) * fieldsize; else if (index) pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize; if (val) { STRIP_NOPS (val); if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize)) return false; } curpos = pos + fieldsize; if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) { int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0) - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0); while (count > 0) { if (val) memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize); curpos += fieldsize; } } gcc_assert (curpos <= size); } return true; } else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) { tree field = NULL_TREE; unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt; constructor_elt *ce; if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) return false; if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE) field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); for (cnt = 0; VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce); cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0) { tree val = ce->value; int pos, fieldsize; if (ce->index != 0) field = ce->index; if (val) STRIP_NOPS (val); if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) return false; if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field)) && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field)))) return false; else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0)) return false; fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0); pos = int_byte_position (field); gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size); if (val && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize)) return false; } return true; } return false; case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size); default: return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size; } } /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the attribute is the const value T. */ static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t) { tree init; tree type = TREE_TYPE (t); rtx rtl; if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node) return false; init = t; gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init)); rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type); if (rtl) return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl); /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */ else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)) { HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init)); if (size > 0 && (int) size == size) { unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size); if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size)) { add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array); return true; } } } return false; } /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant variable with static storage duration (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */ static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl) { if (!decl || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)) return false; if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl)) /* OK */; else return false; /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */ if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value)) return false; return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl)); } /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA expressions. */ static dw_loc_list_ref convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { dw_fde_ref fde; dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail; dw_cfi_ref cfi; dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa; const char *start_label, *last_label, *section; dw_cfa_location remember; fde = current_fde (); gcc_assert (fde != NULL); section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl); list_tail = &list; list = NULL; memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa)); next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM; remember = next_cfa; start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin; /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain advance opcodes. */ for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember); last_cfa = next_cfa; last_label = start_label; for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) { case DW_CFA_set_loc: case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa)) { *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), start_label, last_label, section); list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; last_cfa = next_cfa; start_label = last_label; } last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; break; case DW_CFA_advance_loc: /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */ gcc_unreachable (); default: lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember); break; } if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa)) { *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), start_label, last_label, section); list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; start_label = last_label; } *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset), start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section); if (list && list->dw_loc_next) gen_llsym (list); return list; } /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement before the latter is negated. */ static void compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset) { rtx reg, elim; #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET reg = frame_pointer_rtx; offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl); #else reg = arg_pointer_rtx; offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl); #endif elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS) { offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1)); elim = XEXP (elim, 0); } gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx || elim == stack_pointer_rtx)) || elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx)); frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset; } /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as the value of the attribute. */ static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string) { if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0) { if (demangle_name_func) name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string); add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string); } } /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */ static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die) { const char *wd = get_src_pwd (); char *wd1; if (wd == NULL) return; if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR) { int wdlen; wdlen = strlen (wd); wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2); strcpy (wd1, wd); wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR; wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0; wd = wd1; } add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd)); } /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any default. */ static int lower_bound_default (void) { switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)) { case DW_LANG_C: case DW_LANG_C89: case DW_LANG_C99: case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus: case DW_LANG_ObjC: case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus: case DW_LANG_Java: return 0; case DW_LANG_Fortran77: case DW_LANG_Fortran90: case DW_LANG_Fortran95: return 1; case DW_LANG_UPC: case DW_LANG_D: return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1; case DW_LANG_Ada95: case DW_LANG_Ada83: case DW_LANG_Cobol74: case DW_LANG_Cobol85: case DW_LANG_Pascal83: case DW_LANG_Modula2: case DW_LANG_PLI: return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1; default: return -1; } } /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output a representation for that bound. */ static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound) { int want_address = 2; switch (TREE_CODE (bound)) { case ERROR_MARK: return; /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */ case INTEGER_CST: { unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound)); int dflt; /* Use the default if possible. */ if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound && host_integerp (bound, 0) && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt) ; /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */ else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) { unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1; add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask); } else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0) add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound)); else add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound), TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound)); } break; CASE_CONVERT: case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0)); break; case SAVE_EXPR: break; case VAR_DECL: case PARM_DECL: case RESULT_DECL: { dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound); /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a later parameter. */ if (decl_die != NULL) { add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die); break; } want_address = 0; } /* FALLTHRU */ default: { /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the value of the array bound. */ dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die; dw_loc_list_ref list; list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address); if (list == NULL) break; if (single_element_loc_list_p (list)) { add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr); break; } if (current_function_decl == 0) ctx = comp_unit_die; else ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl); decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound); add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx); add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list); add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die); break; } } } /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true. Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also includes information about the element type of the given array type. */ static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p) { unsigned dimension_number; tree lower, upper; dw_die_ref subrange_die; for (dimension_number = 0; TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p); type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++) { tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0) break; /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds, and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms here. */ subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL); if (domain) { /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */ lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain); upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain); /* Define the index type. */ if (TREE_TYPE (domain)) { /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this because it is an unnamed integral type. */ if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE) ; else add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0, type_die); } /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length, but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran dimension arr(N:*) Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */ add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower); if (upper) add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper); } /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the bounds. */ } } static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node) { unsigned size; switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node)) { case ERROR_MARK: size = 0; break; case ENUMERAL_TYPE: case RECORD_TYPE: case UNION_TYPE: case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node); break; case FIELD_DECL: /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true even for bit-fields. */ size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time, so just let the -1 pass on through. */ add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); } /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the bit-field itself. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above). Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */ static inline void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) { HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl); tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl); HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int; HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset; HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset; HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset; /* Must be a field and a bit field. */ gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL); /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */ if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0) || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)) return; bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl); /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation below must take account of these differences. */ highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int; if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) { highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0); highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type); } bit_offset = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset); add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset); } /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */ static inline void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) { /* Must be a field and a bit field. */ gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl)); if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)) add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)); } /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped' attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */ static inline void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type) { if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL) add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1); } /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration equate table. */ static inline dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin) { dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL; if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL) { /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make sure that the abstract function has been written out. Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */ tree fn = origin; if (TYPE_P (fn)) fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn); fn = decl_function_context (fn); if (fn) dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn); } if (DECL_P (origin)) origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin); else if (TYPE_P (origin)) origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin); /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die) here. */ if (origin_die) add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die); return origin_die; } /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */ static inline void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl) { if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)) { add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual); if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0)) add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu, tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0), 0)); /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)) add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type, lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))); } } /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */ static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) { expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file)); add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); } /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */ static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) { tree decl_name; decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl); if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL) { const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0); if (name) add_name_attribute (die, name); if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl); if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)) && !is_fortran ()) { /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */ if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl)) { limbo_die_node *asm_name; asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node); asm_name->die = die; asm_name->created_for = decl; asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name; deferred_asm_name = asm_name; } else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)) add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))); } } #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */ if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl)) { add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)); VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)); } #endif } /* Push a new declaration scope. */ static void push_decl_scope (tree scope) { VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope); } /* Pop a declaration scope. */ static inline void pop_decl_scope (void) { VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table); } /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type. Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get the current active scope. */ static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL; tree containing_scope; int i; /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */ gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t)); containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t); /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */ if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL) { if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope)) /* OK */; else containing_scope = NULL_TREE; } /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but that isn't useful to DWARF. */ if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE) containing_scope = NULL_TREE; if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE) scope_die = comp_unit_die; else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope)) { /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it so we know where the new DIE should go. */ for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i) if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope) break; if (i < 0) { gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope)); /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */ scope_die = comp_unit_die; } else scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope); } else scope_die = context_die; return scope_die; } /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */ static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) { for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent) if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) return 1; return 0; } /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */ static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) { return (context_die && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)); } /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */ static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) { return (class_scope_p (context_die) || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace)); } /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */ static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const, int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die) { enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); dw_die_ref type_die = NULL; /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */ if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE) && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0) type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type); if (code == ERROR_MARK /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type `void', so this only applies to function return types). */ || code == VOID_TYPE) return; type_die = modified_type_die (type, decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type), decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die); if (type_die != NULL) add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die); } /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the function call type. */ static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl) { enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal; value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention) targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl))); /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the time being, following existing custom. */ if (is_fortran () && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__")) value = DW_CC_program; /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and is not DW_CC_normal. */ if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal)) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value); } /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type was declared without a tag. */ static const char * type_tag (const_tree type) { const char *name = 0; if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0) { tree t = 0; /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */ if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE) t = TYPE_NAME (type); /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was involved. */ else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type))) { /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */ if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))) name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2); } /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */ if (!name && t != 0) name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t); } return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name; } /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check for bit field types. */ static inline tree member_declared_type (const_tree member) { return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member)); } /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */ #if 0 static const char * decl_start_label (tree decl) { rtx x; const char *fnname; x = DECL_RTL (decl); gcc_assert (MEM_P (x)); x = XEXP (x, 0); gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF); fnname = XSTR (x, 0); return fnname; } #endif /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */ static void gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); dw_die_ref array_die; /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types. We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the actual representation, which is especially important against the language flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */ bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada (); tree element_type; /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */ if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && is_fortran () && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node)) { HOST_WIDE_INT size; array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type); add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); size = int_size_in_bytes (type); if (size >= 0) add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)))) { tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)); dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2); size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl)); if (loc && size > 0) { add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc); if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); } } return; } /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this target. */ #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die); collapse_nested_arrays = false; #endif array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type); add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) { /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct containing an array. Pull out the array type. */ type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type))); add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1); } /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */ if (is_fortran () && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type))) add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major); #if 0 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays, then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so for multidimensional arrays. */ add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major); #endif #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */ if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); else #endif add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays); /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */ element_type = TREE_TYPE (type); if (collapse_nested_arrays) while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE) { if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ()) break; element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type); } #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO gen_type_die (element_type, context_die); #endif add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die); if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (type, array_die); } static dw_loc_descr_ref descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl) { HOST_WIDE_INT size; dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2; enum dwarf_location_atom op; if (val == base_decl) return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0); switch (TREE_CODE (val)) { CASE_CONVERT: return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); case VAR_DECL: return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0); case INTEGER_CST: if (host_integerp (val, 0)) return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0)); break; case INDIRECT_REF: size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val)); if (size < 0) break; loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); if (!loc) break; if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0)); else add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0)); return loc; case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: case PLUS_EXPR: if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1) && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1) < 16384) { loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); if (!loc) break; loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0)); } else { op = DW_OP_plus; do_binop: loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); if (!loc) break; loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl); if (!loc2) break; add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2); add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); } return loc; case MINUS_EXPR: op = DW_OP_minus; goto do_binop; case MULT_EXPR: op = DW_OP_mul; goto do_binop; case EQ_EXPR: op = DW_OP_eq; goto do_binop; case NE_EXPR: op = DW_OP_ne; goto do_binop; default: break; } return NULL; } static void add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr, tree val, tree base_decl) { dw_loc_descr_ref loc; if (host_integerp (val, 0)) { add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0)); return; } loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl); if (!loc) return; add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc); } /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details are filled into *info by a langhook. */ static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); dw_die_ref array_die; int dim; array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type); add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */ if (is_fortran () && info->ndimensions >= 2) add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major); if (info->data_location) add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location, info->base_decl); if (info->associated) add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated, info->base_decl); if (info->allocated) add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated, info->base_decl); for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++) { dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL); if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound) { /* If it is the default value, omit it. */ int dflt; if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt) ; else add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, info->base_decl); } if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound) add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, info->dimen[dim].upper_bound, info->base_decl); if (info->dimen[dim].stride) add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride, info->dimen[dim].stride, info->base_decl); } gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die); add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die); if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (type, array_die); } #if 0 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl); if (origin != NULL) add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin); else { add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl); add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), 0, 0, context_die); } if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die); else add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl)); } #endif /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to emit full debugging info for them. */ static void retry_incomplete_types (void) { int i; for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die); } /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */ static enum dwarf_tag record_type_tag (tree type) { if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record) return DW_TAG_structure_type; switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type)) { case RECORD_IS_STRUCT: return DW_TAG_structure_type; case RECORD_IS_CLASS: return DW_TAG_class_type; case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE: if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) return DW_TAG_interface_type; return DW_TAG_structure_type; default: gcc_unreachable (); } } /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type DIE. */ static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type); if (type_die == NULL) { type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type)); } else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type)) return type_die; else remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration); /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */ if (TYPE_SIZE (type)) { tree link; TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type); if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE) add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */ if (type_die->die_parent == NULL) add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die); for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type); link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) { dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link); tree value = TREE_VALUE (link); add_name_attribute (enum_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link))); if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL) value = DECL_INITIAL (value); if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value)))) /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB always assumes the values are signed, so we output all values as if they were signed. That means that enumeration constants with very large unsigned values will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */ add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value, tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0)); } } else add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (type, type_die); return type_die; } /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function type. Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal argument type of some subprogram type. If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes are emitted. */ static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin; tree ultimate_origin; dw_die_ref parm_die = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node); switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin))) { case tcc_declaration: ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin); if (node || ultimate_origin) origin = ultimate_origin; if (origin != NULL) add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin); else { tree type = TREE_TYPE (node); if (emit_name_p) add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node); if (decl_by_reference_p (node)) add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); else add_type_attribute (parm_die, type, TREE_READONLY (node), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node), context_die); if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node)) add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); } if (node && node != origin) equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die); if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)) add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, DW_AT_location); break; case tcc_type: /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */ add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die); break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } return parm_die; } /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the parameter pack. PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack. PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to. SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to. If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */ static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack, tree pack_arg, dw_die_ref subr_die, tree *next_arg) { tree arg; dw_die_ref parm_pack_die; gcc_assert (parm_pack && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack) && subr_die); parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack); add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack); for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg)) { if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg, parm_pack)) break; gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL, false /* Don't emit name attribute. */, parm_pack_die); } if (next_arg) *next_arg = arg; return parm_pack_die; } /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */ static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die) { new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type); } /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */ static void gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree link; tree formal_type = NULL; tree first_parm_type; tree arg; if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL) { arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type); function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type); } else arg = NULL_TREE; first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type); /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */ for (link = first_parm_type; link; ) { dw_die_ref parm_die; formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link); if (formal_type == void_type_node) break; /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */ parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL, true /* Emit name attribute. */, context_die); if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE && link == first_parm_type) || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))) add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); link = TREE_CHAIN (link); if (arg) arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg); } /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */ if (formal_type != void_type_node) gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die); /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */ for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type); link && TREE_VALUE (link); link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die); } /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */ static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die) { gen_type_die (type, context_die); /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */ if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) && ! lookup_decl_die (member)) { dw_die_ref type_die; gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member)); push_decl_scope (type); type_die = lookup_type_die (type); if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL) gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die); else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL) { /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++ anonymous unions and structs. */ if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE) { gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die); gen_field_die (member, type_die); } } else gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die); pop_decl_scope (); } } /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */ static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl) { dw_die_ref old_die; tree save_fn; tree context; int was_abstract; htab_t old_decl_loc_table; /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */ decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl); old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */ return; /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would get locations in abstract instantces. */ old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table; decl_loc_table = NULL; /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) { context = decl_class_context (decl); if (context) gen_type_die_for_member (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die); } /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */ save_fn = current_function_decl; current_function_decl = decl; push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl)); was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl); set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1); dwarf2out_decl (decl); if (! was_abstract) set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0); current_function_decl = save_fn; decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table; pop_cfun (); } /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through htab_traverse. Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */ static int premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { tree type; dw_die_ref die; type = (tree) *slot; die = lookup_type_die (type); if (die != NULL) die->die_perennial_p = 1; return 1; } /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called through htab_traverse. Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */ static int premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry; dw_die_ref die; entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot; gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL && entry->var_decl != NULL); die = lookup_type_die (entry->type); if (die) { /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted. If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */ struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl); if (node->needed) { die->die_perennial_p = 1; /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */ while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0) die->die_perennial_p = 1; } } return 1; } /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */ static void premark_used_types (void) { if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash) htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL); } /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */ static void premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void) { if (types_used_by_vars_hash) htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL); } /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or block-local). */ static void gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); dw_die_ref subr_die; tree fn_arg_types; tree outer_scope; dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)); premark_used_types (); /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */ /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */ if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)) { origin = NULL; gcc_assert (!old_die); } /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */ if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) old_die = force_decl_die (decl); if (origin != NULL) { gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die)); /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested inline function. */ if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL) add_child_die (context_die, old_die); subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin); } else if (old_die) { expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file); if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines. It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */ && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) { /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output something we have already output. */ return; } /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration, maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't apply; we just use the old DIE. */ if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL) && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) == (unsigned) s.line)))) { subr_die = old_die; /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters. Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module) is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */ remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration); remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter); } else { subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die); if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index) add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index); if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); } } else { subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl); if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) { add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl)); add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), 0, 0, context_die); } add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl); if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private); } if (declaration) { if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) { add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */ if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl) && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1); /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting the class first. The next time is the definition, which is handled above. The two may come from the same source text. Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is later reused to represent definition. */ equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); } } else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) { if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)) { if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined); else add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined); } else { if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined); else add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined); } if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl) && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))) add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); } else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) { HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset; if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition) { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_function_funcdef_no); add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id); add_pubname (decl, subr_die); add_arange (decl, subr_die); } else { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */ /* add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label); add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label); add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label); add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label); add_pubname (decl, subr_die); add_arange (decl, subr_die); add_arange (decl, subr_die); */ } #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */ add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde); #endif cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl); /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer, (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that, (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation code that determines the CFA position at various points in the function. */ if (dwarf_version >= 3) { dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0); add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op); } else { dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset); if (list->dw_loc_next) add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list); else add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr); } /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references by this displacement. */ compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset); if (cfun->static_chain_decl) add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link, loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2)); } /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) gen_generic_params_dies (decl); /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be an ellipsis at the end. */ /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of its formal parameters. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) ; else if (declaration) gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die); else { /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */ tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl); tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl); tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl) : NULL; /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and emit their relevant DIEs. We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function as well as it being a normal function. If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the generic function declaration. In that particular case, the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE. That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty. In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any children DIE. Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */ while (generic_decl_parm || parm) { if (generic_decl_parm && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm)) gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm, parm, subr_die, &parm); else if (parm) { gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die); parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm); } if (generic_decl_parm) generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm); } /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end. There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration - this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a definition). This just means that we have no info about the parameters at all. */ fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)); if (fn_arg_types != NULL) { /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */ if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node) gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die); } else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE) gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die); } /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */ outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl); /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead. The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++ constructor function. */ if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK) { /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */ if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl))) gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die); current_function_has_inlines = 0; decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0); #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO) if (current_function_has_inlines) { add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1); if (! comp_unit_has_inlines) { add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1); comp_unit_has_inlines = 1; } } #endif } /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */ add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl); } /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */ static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x) { const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x; return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent); } /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */ static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) { const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x; const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y; return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent; } /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */ static void gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) { HOST_WIDE_INT off; tree com_decl; tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; tree ultimate_origin; dw_die_ref var_die; dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL; dw_die_ref origin_die; int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin) || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)); ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin); if (decl || ultimate_origin) origin = ultimate_origin; com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off); /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form of a data member. */ if (com_decl) { dw_die_ref com_die; dw_loc_list_ref loc; die_node com_die_arg; var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin); if (var_die) { if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL) { loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2); if (loc) { if (off) { /* Optimize the common case. */ if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc) && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF) loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off); else loc_list_plus_const (loc, off); } add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc); remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration); } } return; } if (common_block_die_table == NULL) common_block_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash, common_block_die_table_eq, NULL); com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl); com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die; com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg); loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); if (com_die == NULL) { const char *cnam = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl)); void **slot; com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl); if (loc) { add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc); /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */ loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); } else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */ com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl); slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT); *slot = (void *) com_die; } else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc) { add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc); loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration); } var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl); add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1); if (loc) { if (off) { /* Optimize the common case. */ if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc) && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF) loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off); else loc_list_plus_const (loc, off); } add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc); } else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die); return; } /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are inside functions, though. */ if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die)) return; /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */ if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die)) var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl); else var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl); origin_die = NULL; if (origin != NULL) origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin); /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of sharing them. ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a declaration. */ else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1) { /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */ add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die); if (DECL_NAME (decl)) { expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file); if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index) add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index); if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line) add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); } } else { tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl); if (decl_by_reference_p (decl)) add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); else add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1); if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private); } if (declaration) add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)) equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die); if (! declaration && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin) /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines, so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is already set. */ || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin) && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin))) /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need to add it again. */ && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)) { if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin) && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin))) defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die); else add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin, DW_AT_location); add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die); } else tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin); } /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */ static void gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref const_die; tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl); const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl); add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die); if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1); if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl); } /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */ static void gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl); rtx insn; char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; if (origin != NULL) add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin); else add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl); if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die); else { insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl); /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */ if (insn && (LABEL_P (insn) || ((NOTE_P (insn) && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))) { /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch it if it ever does happen. */ gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn)); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn)); add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label); } } } /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */ static inline void add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die) { expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt)); if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) { add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file)); add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line); } } /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */ static inline void add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die) { char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt) && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) { tree chain; if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt)) { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label); } add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt)); chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt); do { add_ranges (chain); chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain); } while (chain); add_ranges (NULL); } else { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label); } } /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */ static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) { dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt); if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)) add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die); decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth); } /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */ static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) { tree decl; /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not be abstract. */ gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)); decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt); /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */ dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl); if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) { dw_die_ref subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt); add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl); if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)) add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die); add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die); decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth); current_function_has_inlines = 1; } } /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */ static void gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref decl_die; if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node) return; decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl); add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl)) { add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl); add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl); add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl); } if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE) add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl); if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl)) add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private); /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */ equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die); } #if 0 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here. Use modified_type_die instead. We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */ static void gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref ptr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die); add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE); } /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here. Use modified_type_die instead. We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */ static void gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die); add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE); } #endif /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */ static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref ptr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die); add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type, lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type))); add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); } /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */ static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename) { dw_die_ref die; char producer[250]; const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name; int language; die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL); if (filename) { add_name_attribute (die, filename); /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */ if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<') add_comp_dir_attribute (die); } sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string); #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information. To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) strcat (producer, " -g"); #endif add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer); language = DW_LANG_C89; if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0) language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0) language = DW_LANG_Fortran77; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0) language = DW_LANG_Pascal83; else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) { if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0) language = DW_LANG_Ada95; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0) language = DW_LANG_Fortran95; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0) language = DW_LANG_Java; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0) language = DW_LANG_ObjC; else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0) language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus; } add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language); return die; } /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */ static void gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo); add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die); add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo); if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo)) add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual); if (access == access_public_node) add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public); else if (access == access_protected_node) add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); } /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */ static void gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree member; tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type); dw_die_ref child; /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type' function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */ /* First output info about the base classes. */ if (binfo) { VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo); int i; tree base; for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++) gen_inheritance_die (base, (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i) : access_public_node), context_die); } /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */ for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member)) { /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but do put them in the right order. */ child = lookup_decl_die (member); if (child) splice_child_die (context_die, child); else gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die); } /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */ for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member)) { /* Don't include clones in the member list. */ if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member)) continue; child = lookup_decl_die (member); if (child) splice_child_die (context_die, child); else gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die); } } /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */ static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die, enum debug_info_usage usage) { dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type); dw_die_ref scope_die = 0; int nested = 0; int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type) && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))); int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace); complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage); if (type_die && ! complete) return; if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)) nested = 1; scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die)) /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */ { dw_die_ref old_die = type_die; type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type, scope_die, type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); if (old_die) add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die); else add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type)); } else remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration); /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type)) gen_generic_params_dies (type); /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and then give a list of members. */ if (complete && !ns_decl) { /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */ TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type); if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE) add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */ if (type_die->die_parent == NULL) add_child_die (scope_die, type_die); push_decl_scope (type); gen_member_die (type, type_die); pop_decl_scope (); /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */ if (TYPE_VFIELD (type)) { tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type)); gen_type_die (vtype, context_die); add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type, lookup_type_die (vtype)); } } else { add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */ if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))) VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type); } if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (type, type_die); } /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */ static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type); dw_die_ref subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die); add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type); add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die); gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die); if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (type, subr_die); } /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */ static void gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref type_die; tree origin; if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl)) return; TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1; type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl); origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); if (origin != NULL) add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin); else { tree type; add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl); if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl)) { type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl); gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl)); equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die); } else type = TREE_TYPE (decl); add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); } if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die); if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) add_pubtype (decl, type_die); } /* Generate a type description DIE. */ static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die, enum debug_info_usage usage) { int need_pop; struct array_descr_info info; if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node) return; /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */ if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type))) { if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) return; /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */ gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type); /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of the type description DIE we want to generate. */ if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)) && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL) context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))); TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die); return; } /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */ if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info) && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) { gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die); TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; return; } /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the cloned type itself). */ if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE) type = type_main_variant (type); if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) return; switch (TREE_CODE (type)) { case ERROR_MARK: break; case POINTER_TYPE: case REFERENCE_TYPE: /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */ /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch statement. */ TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */ gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); break; case OFFSET_TYPE: /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types. Output a description of the relevant class type. */ gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die, DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */ gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type itself. */ gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die); break; case FUNCTION_TYPE: /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */ gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die); break; case METHOD_TYPE: /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */ gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die); break; case ARRAY_TYPE: gen_array_type_die (type, context_die); break; case VECTOR_TYPE: gen_array_type_die (type, context_die); break; case ENUMERAL_TYPE: case RECORD_TYPE: case UNION_TYPE: case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template instantiations we'll get. */ if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))) { gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage); if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) return; /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */ push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); need_pop = 1; } else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL)) { /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */ context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); need_pop = 0; } else { context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die); need_pop = 0; } if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE) { /* This might have been written out by the call to declare_in_namespace. */ if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die); } else gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage); if (need_pop) pop_decl_scope (); /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us when appropriate. */ return; case VOID_TYPE: case INTEGER_TYPE: case REAL_TYPE: case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: case COMPLEX_TYPE: case BOOLEAN_TYPE: /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */ break; case LANG_TYPE: /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */ break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; } static void gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) { gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); } /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the things which are local to the given block. */ static void gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) { int must_output_die = 0; bool inlined_func; /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */ if (stmt == NULL_TREE) return; inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt); /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not process the variables, since they will have been done by the origin block. Do process subblocks. */ if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt)) { tree sub; for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub)) gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1); return; } /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this block. */ if (inlined_func) /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */ must_output_die = 1; else { /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant" local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */ if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts as being a "significant" one. */ must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt)) && (TREE_USED (stmt) || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))); else if ((TREE_USED (stmt) || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt)) must_output_die = 1; } /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant" local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function instances and local (nested) function definitions. */ if (must_output_die) { if (inlined_func) { /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function. That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract, precisely to prevent us from emitting any DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info for the concrete instance of the function decl into which the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */ if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth); } else gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth); } else decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth); } /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */ static void process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref die; tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL) die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin); else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin)) die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)); else die = NULL; if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL) add_child_die (context_die, die); else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL) dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin), stmt, context_die); else gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die); } /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively) all of its sub-blocks. */ static void decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) { tree decl; unsigned int i; tree subblocks; /* Ignore NULL blocks. */ if (stmt == NULL_TREE) return; /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs declared directly within this block but not within any nested sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */ for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die); for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++) process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i), context_die); /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared therein) of this block. */ for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); subblocks != NULL; subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks)) gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1); } /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */ static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl) { if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)) return 1; if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)))) /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */ return 1; return 0; } /* Returns the DIE for a context. */ static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree context) { if (context) { /* Find die that represents this context. */ if (TYPE_P (context)) return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context)); else return force_decl_die (context); } return comp_unit_die; } /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */ static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree decl) { dw_die_ref decl_die; unsigned saved_external_flag; tree save_fn = NULL_TREE; decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); if (!decl_die) { dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); if (decl_die) return decl_die; switch (TREE_CODE (decl)) { case FUNCTION_DECL: /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force declaration die. */ save_fn = current_function_decl; current_function_decl = NULL_TREE; gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die); current_function_decl = save_fn; break; case VAR_DECL: /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after gen_decl_die() call. */ saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl); DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1; gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die); DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag; break; case NAMESPACE_DECL: if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) dwarf2out_decl (decl); else /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */ decl_die = comp_unit_die; break; default: gcc_unreachable (); } /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */ if (!decl_die) decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); gcc_assert (decl_die); } return decl_die; } /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is always returned. */ static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree type) { dw_die_ref type_die; type_die = lookup_type_die (type); if (!type_die) { dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type), TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die); gcc_assert (type_die); } return type_die; } /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL, and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */ static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree context = (DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing)); if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL) /* Force out the namespace. */ context_die = force_decl_die (context); return context_die; } /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged type) within its namespace, if appropriate. For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */ static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref ns_context; if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return context_die; /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */ if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing)) return context_die; ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die); if (ns_context != context_die) { if (is_fortran ()) return ns_context; if (DECL_P (thing)) gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context); else gen_type_die (thing, ns_context); } return context_die; } /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */ static void gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) { dw_die_ref namespace_die; /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace they are an alias of. */ if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL) { /* Output a real namespace or module. */ context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die); namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran () ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl); /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */ if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) { const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0); if (name) add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name); } else add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl); if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die); } else { /* Output a namespace alias. */ /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */ dw_die_ref origin_die = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl)); if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL) context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die); /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */ namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl); add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl); add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die); equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die); } } /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */ static void gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) { tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin; if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin)) return; switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin)) { case ERROR_MARK: break; case CONST_DECL: if (!is_fortran ()) { /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */ break; } /* Emit its type. */ gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die); /* And its containing namespace. */ context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die); gen_const_die (decl, context_die); break; case FUNCTION_DECL: /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations, unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */ if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin))) break; #if 0 /* FIXME */ /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */ if (current_function_decl != decl) /* This is only a declaration. */; #endif /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */ if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl) dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin) : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl)); /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function, emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */ else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in that case, because that works only if we have a die. */ && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE) { dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl); set_decl_origin_self (decl); } /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */ else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) { /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we have described its return type. */ gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die); /* And its virtual context. */ if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE) gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die); /* And its containing type. */ if (!origin) origin = decl_class_context (decl); if (origin != NULL_TREE) gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die); /* And its containing namespace. */ context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die); } /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */ if (decl) gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die); break; case TYPE_DECL: /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any actual typedefs. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) break; /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this case. */ if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE) break; if (is_redundant_typedef (decl)) gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die); else /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */ gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die); break; case LABEL_DECL: if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) gen_label_die (decl, context_die); break; case VAR_DECL: case RESULT_DECL: /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any variable declarations or definitions. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) break; /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data object. */ if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin)) gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die); else gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die); /* And its containing type. */ class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin); if (class_origin != NULL_TREE) gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die); /* And its containing namespace. */ context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die); /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline function. */ ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin); if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL) gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin, true /* Emit name attribute. */, context_die); else gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die); break; case FIELD_DECL: /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++ anonymous unions and structs. */ if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE) { gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die); gen_field_die (decl, context_die); } break; case PARM_DECL: if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin)) gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die); else gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die); gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin, true /* Emit name attribute. */, context_die); break; case NAMESPACE_DECL: case IMPORTED_DECL: if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die); break; default: /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */ gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES); break; } } /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after compilation proper has finished. */ static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl) { /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */ if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl)) dwarf2out_decl (decl); } /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */ static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local) { if (!local) dwarf2out_decl (decl); } /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL. NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed. LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK) that DECL belongs to. LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */ static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl, tree name, tree lexical_block, dw_die_ref lexical_block_die) { expanded_location xloc; dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL; dw_die_ref at_import_die; if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL) { xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl); gcc_assert (decl); } else xloc = expand_location (input_location); if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL) { at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl)); /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */ if (!at_import_die) { gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL); gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))); at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl)); gcc_assert (at_import_die); } } else { at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); if (!at_import_die) { /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */ if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL) { tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl); if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) return; gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))); } at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl); } } if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL) { if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, lexical_block_die, lexical_block); else return; } else imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, lexical_block_die, lexical_block); add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file)); add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line); if (name) add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name)); add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die); } /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL. NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed. CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of importing whole module. */ static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context, bool child) { /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */ dw_die_ref scope_die; if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; gcc_assert (decl); /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs. We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl itself. */ /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */ if (context && TYPE_P (context) && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) return; if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) return; scope_die = get_context_die (context); if (child) { gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child); gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module); gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL); scope_die = scope_die->die_child; } /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */ dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die); } /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */ void dwarf2out_decl (tree decl) { dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die; switch (TREE_CODE (decl)) { case ERROR_MARK: return; case FUNCTION_DECL: /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions, it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated with the definition of the function. We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing within include files which also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */ if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE) return; /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */ if (decl_function_context (decl) /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */ && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) context_die = NULL; break; case VAR_DECL: /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */ if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl)) return; /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */ if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl)) context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any variable declarations or definitions. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; break; case CONST_DECL: if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; if (!is_fortran ()) return; if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl)) context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); break; case NAMESPACE_DECL: case IMPORTED_DECL: if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL) return; break; case TYPE_DECL: /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */ if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl)) return; /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */ if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)) { /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type comparisons have. */ if (is_cxx () && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl)) modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL); return; } /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */ if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) return; /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL; this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */ if (decl_function_context (decl)) context_die = NULL; break; default: return; } gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die); } /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */ static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl) { dwarf2out_decl (decl); htab_empty (decl_loc_table); } /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for a lexical block. */ static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum) { switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum); } /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a lexical block. */ static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum) { switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum); } /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions. Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling we may end up calling them anyway. */ static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block) { tree decl; unsigned int i; for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl)) if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))) return 0; for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++) { decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i); if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))) return 0; } return 1; } /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */ static int file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p) { const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p; const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p; return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0; } static hashval_t file_table_hash (const void *p_p) { const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p; return htab_hash_string (p->filename); } /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */ static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *file_name) { void ** slot; struct dwarf_file_data * created; /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */ if (file_table_last_lookup && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0)) return file_table_last_lookup; /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */ slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name, htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT); if (*slot) return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data); created->filename = file_name; created->emitted_number = 0; *slot = created; return created; } /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and types, which may include filenames. */ static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd) { if (! fd->emitted_number) { if (last_emitted_file) fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1; else fd->emitted_number = 1; last_emitted_file = fd; if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) { fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number); output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, remap_debug_filename (fd->filename)); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); } } return fd->emitted_number; } /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. That generation should happen after function debug info has been generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */ static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg) { die_arg_entry entry; if (!die || !arg) return; if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table) tmpl_value_parm_die_table = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32); entry.die = die; entry.arg = arg; VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, &entry); } /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must be called after function DIEs have been generated. */ static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void) { if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table) { unsigned i; die_arg_entry *e; for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e); i++) tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg); } } /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */ static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name) { dw_die_ref die; dw_attr_ref attr; const char *dname; die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl); if (!die) return; dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0); if (!dname) return; attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name); if (attr) { struct indirect_string_node *node; node = find_AT_string (dname); /* replace the string. */ attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node; } else add_name_attribute (die, dname); } /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call. Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */ static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ) { dcall_entry e; tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ); /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */ if (origin) targ = origin; e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++; e.poc_decl = current_function_decl; e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ); VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e); /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */ ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num); } /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */ static hashval_t vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x) { return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid; } /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as insnd_uid of *Y. */ static int vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) { return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid); } /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */ static void store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid) { struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn); struct vcall_insn **slot; gcc_assert (item); item->insn_uid = insn_uid; item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot; slot = (struct vcall_insn **) htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item, (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT); *slot = item; } /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */ static unsigned int lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid) { struct vcall_insn item; struct vcall_insn *p; item.insn_uid = insn_uid; item.vtable_slot = 0; p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, (void *) &item, (hashval_t) insn_uid); if (p == NULL) return (unsigned int) -1; return p->vtable_slot; } /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call table later. */ static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid) { if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF) { tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr); if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST) store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid); } } /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it with NEW_INSN. */ static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn) { unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn)); if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1) store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn)); } /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call. Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the lowering to RTL. */ static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid) { unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid); vcall_entry e; if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1) return; e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++; e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot; VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e); /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */ ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num); } /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in our lookup table. */ static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note) { char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2]; struct var_loc_node *newloc; rtx next_real; static const char *last_label; static const char *last_postcall_label; static bool last_in_cold_section_p; tree decl; if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note))) return; next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note); /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note, don't do anything. */ if (next_real == NULL_RTX) return; decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note); newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note); if (newloc == NULL) return; /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */ if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX || last_var_location_insn != next_real || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p) { ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num); ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num); loclabel_num++; last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel); last_postcall_label = NULL; } newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note; newloc->next = NULL; if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)) newloc->label = last_label; else { if (!last_postcall_label) { sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label); last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel); } newloc->label = last_postcall_label; } last_var_location_insn = next_real; last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p; } /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the declarations that use the locations won't have been output when that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */ static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun) { if (function_section (fun) != text_section) have_multiple_function_sections = true; dwarf2out_note_section_used (); } /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry and record information relating to this source line, in 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */ static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename, int discriminator, bool is_stmt) { static bool last_is_stmt = true; if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL && line != 0) { int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename)); switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */ if (flag_debug_asm) fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line); if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) { /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */ fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line); if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt) { fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0); last_is_stmt = is_stmt; } if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0) fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator); fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); /* Indicate that line number info exists. */ line_info_table_in_use++; } else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section) { dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info; targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL, separate_line_info_table_in_use); /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */ if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == separate_line_info_table_allocated) { separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; separate_line_info_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry, separate_line_info_table, separate_line_info_table_allocated); memset (separate_line_info_table + separate_line_info_table_in_use, 0, (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry))); } /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */ line_info = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++]; line_info->dw_file_num = file_num; line_info->dw_line_num = line; line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no; } else { dw_line_info_ref line_info; targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, line_info_table_in_use); /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */ if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated) { line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; line_info_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table, line_info_table_allocated); memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)); } /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */ line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++]; line_info->dw_file_num = file_num; line_info->dw_line_num = line; } } } /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */ static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename) { if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) { /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */ dw_die_ref bincl_die; bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL); add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename)); } if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename)); switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d", lineno); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename); } } /* Record the end of a source file. */ static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */ new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL); if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file"); } } /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */ static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno); dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro"); } } /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */ static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro"); dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno); dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro"); } } /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */ static void dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { /* Allocate the file_table. */ file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash, file_table_eq, NULL); /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */ decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash, decl_die_table_eq, NULL); /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */ decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash, decl_loc_table_eq, NULL); /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */ decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256); /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */ abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT); abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT; /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */ abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1; /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */ line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT); line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */ line_info_table_in_use = 1; /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */ pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32); pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32); /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */ vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash, vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL); /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string) value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */ comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL); incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64); used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32); debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL); debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label, DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label, COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0); switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label); switch_to_section (debug_info_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label); switch_to_section (debug_line_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label); if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label); } switch_to_section (text_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label); if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition) { cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section (); switch_to_section (cold_text_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label); } } /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables and toplevel asms into assembly. */ static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void) { if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) { #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions)) #endif fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n"); } } /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */ static int output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h; if (node->label && node->refcount) { switch_to_section (debug_str_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label); assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1); } return 1; } #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING /* Verify that all marks are clear. */ static void verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; gcc_assert (! die->die_mark); FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c)); } #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */ /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. Be cool if the mark isn't set. */ static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; if (die->die_mark) die->die_mark = 0; FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c)); } /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies it references as attributes and mark them as used. */ static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) { if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref) { /* A reference to another DIE. Make sure that it will get emitted. If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */ if (dwarf_version < 4 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL) prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1); } /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark accounts properly for it. */ if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0; } } /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down to DIE's children. */ static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids) { dw_die_ref c; if (die->die_mark == 0) { /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */ die->die_mark = 1; /* We also have to mark its parents as used. (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */ if (die->die_parent) prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0); /* Mark any referenced nodes. */ prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die); /* If this node is a specification, also mark the definition, if it exists. */ if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition) prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1); } if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2) { /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet. Remember that we've walked the kids. */ die->die_mark = 2; /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're breaking out types into comdat sections, do this for all type definitions. */ if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type || (dwarf_version >= 4 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die))) FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1)); else FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c)); } } /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted and if so, mark them. */ static void prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; if (die->die_mark == 2) return; switch (die->die_tag) { case DW_TAG_structure_type: case DW_TAG_union_type: case DW_TAG_class_type: break; case DW_TAG_subprogram: if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) || die->die_definition != NULL) prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1); return; default: return; } /* Mark children. */ FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c)); } /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */ static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and children have been marked as well. */ if (die->die_mark == 2) return; switch (die->die_tag) { case DW_TAG_structure_type: case DW_TAG_union_type: case DW_TAG_class_type: if (die->die_perennial_p) break; for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent) if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) break; /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes is needed just for local classes, because for other classes static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */ if (c) prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die); /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */ return; case DW_TAG_const_type: case DW_TAG_packed_type: case DW_TAG_pointer_type: case DW_TAG_reference_type: case DW_TAG_volatile_type: case DW_TAG_typedef: case DW_TAG_array_type: case DW_TAG_interface_type: case DW_TAG_friend: case DW_TAG_variant_part: case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: case DW_TAG_string_type: case DW_TAG_set_type: case DW_TAG_subrange_type: case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: case DW_TAG_file_type: if (die->die_perennial_p) break; /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */ return; default: /* Mark everything else. */ break; } if (die->die_mark == 0) { die->die_mark = 1; /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */ prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die); } die->die_mark = 2; /* Mark children. */ FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c)); } /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's attributes. */ static void prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die) { dw_attr_ref a; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) { struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str; s->refcount++; /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than twice in the hash table. */ if (s->refcount == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2)) { void ** slot; slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str, htab_hash_string (s->str), INSERT); gcc_assert (*slot == NULL); *slot = s; } } } /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */ static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; gcc_assert (die->die_mark); prune_unused_types_update_strings (die); if (! die->die_child) return; c = die->die_child; do { dw_die_ref prev = c; for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib) if (c == die->die_child) { /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */ if (prev == c) /* No marked children at all. */ die->die_child = NULL; else { prev->die_sib = c->die_sib; die->die_child = prev; } return; } if (c != prev->die_sib) prev->die_sib = c; prune_unused_types_prune (c); } while (c != die->die_child); } /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already decided to emit. */ static int prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h; if (!node->label || !node->refcount) htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h); return 1; } /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */ static void prune_unused_types (void) { unsigned int i; limbo_die_node *node; comdat_type_node *ctnode; pubname_ref pub; dcall_entry *dcall; #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING /* All the marks should already be clear. */ verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die); for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) verify_marks_clear (node->die); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die); #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */ /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */ premark_types_used_by_global_vars (); /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */ prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die); for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) prune_unused_types_walk (node->die); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) { prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die); prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1); } /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table or arange_table. */ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++) prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1); for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++) prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1); /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */ for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++) prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1); /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */ if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced) htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL); else if (debug_str_hash) htab_empty (debug_str_hash); prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die); for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) prune_unused_types_prune (node->die); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die); /* Leave the marks clear. */ prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die); for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) prune_unmark_dies (node->die); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die); } /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in the file table. */ static int file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param) { bool *p = (bool *) param; struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename)) { *p = true; return 0; } return 1; } /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */ static hashval_t htab_ct_hash (const void *of) { hashval_t h; const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of; memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h)); return h; } static int htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) { const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1; const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2; return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature, DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE)); } /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref to the location it would have been added, should we know its DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */ static inline void move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die) { unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr); dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1); gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name); while (--ix > 0) { dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1); if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name) break; } if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1) { VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr); VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage); } } /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */ static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { rtx rtl = *addr; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) { size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1; tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0)); tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1); TREE_TYPE (t) = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen)); rtl = lookup_constant_def (t); if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)) return 1; rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); *addr = rtl; return 0; } if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl) && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))) return 1; if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL)) return 1; return 0; } /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in the location list couldn't be resolved. */ static bool resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) { for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL)) || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL))) return false; return true; } /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there, or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */ static void resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die) { dw_die_ref c; dw_attr_ref a; dw_loc_list_ref *curr; unsigned ix; for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++) switch (AT_class (a)) { case dw_val_class_loc_list: curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a); while (*curr) { if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr)) { dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next; if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol) { gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol); next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol; } *curr = next; } else curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next; } if (!AT_loc_list (a)) { remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); ix--; } break; case dw_val_class_loc: if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a))) { remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); ix--; } break; case dw_val_class_addr: if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL)) { remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); ix--; } break; default: break; } FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c)); } /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file, and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */ static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename) { limbo_die_node *node, *next_node; comdat_type_node *ctnode; htab_t comdat_type_table; dw_die_ref die = 0; unsigned int i; gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (); /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */ add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename)); if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename)) add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die); else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL) { bool p = false; htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p); if (p) add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die); } for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++) { add_location_or_const_value_attribute ( VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die, VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable, DW_AT_location); } /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die. For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract instance. */ for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node) { next_node = node->next; die = node->die; if (die->die_parent == NULL) { dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin); if (origin) add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die); else if (die == comp_unit_die) ; else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0) /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */ add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die); else { /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a nested function can be optimized away, which results in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise with the return type of that nested function. Force this to be a child of the containing function. It may happen that even the containing function got fully inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as the function is likely unreachable too. */ tree context = NULL_TREE; gcc_assert (node->created_for); if (DECL_P (node->created_for)) context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for); else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for)) context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for); gcc_assert (context && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)); origin = lookup_decl_die (context); if (origin) add_child_die (origin, die); else add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die); } } } limbo_die_list = NULL; resolve_addr (comp_unit_die); for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next) { tree decl = node->created_for; if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)) { add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))); move_linkage_attr (node->die); } } deferred_asm_name = NULL; /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to emit full debugging info for them. */ retry_incomplete_types (); if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) prune_unused_types (); /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen. They will go into limbo_die_list. */ if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) break_out_includes (comp_unit_die); /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */ if (dwarf_version >= 4) { break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die); /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created. Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the limbo die list. */ limbo_die_list = NULL; /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct references to the main compile unit). */ for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die); copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die); /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another, we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer referenced. Prune them. */ prune_unused_types (); } /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's that have children. */ add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die); for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) add_sibling_attributes (node->die); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die); /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */ switch_to_section (text_section); targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0); if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition) { switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ()); targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0); } /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was in .text. */ if (!have_multiple_function_sections || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) { add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label); add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label); } else { unsigned fde_idx = 0; bool range_list_added = false; /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose. Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */ add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx); add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx); if (text_section_used) add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label, text_end_label, &range_list_added); if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used) add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label, cold_end_label, &range_list_added); for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++) { dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx]; if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections) { if (!fde->in_std_section) add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label, fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label, &range_list_added); if (!fde->cold_in_std_section) add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label, fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label, &range_list_added); } else if (!fde->in_std_section) add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added); } if (range_list_added) add_ranges (NULL); } /* Output location list section if necessary. */ if (have_location_lists) { /* Output the location lists info. */ switch_to_section (debug_loc_section); ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label); output_location_lists (die); } if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list, debug_line_section_label); if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label); /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */ for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) output_comp_unit (node->die, 0); comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL); for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) { void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT); /* Don't output duplicate types. */ if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) continue; /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file attributes. */ if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list, debug_line_section_label); output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode); *slot = ctnode; } htab_delete (comdat_type_table); /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo has been emitted. */ output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE); /* Output the abbreviation table. */ switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section); output_abbrev_section (); /* Output public names table if necessary. */ if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table)) { switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section); output_pubnames (pubname_table); } /* Output public types table if necessary. */ /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2. It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers simply won't look for the section. */ if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table)) { switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section); output_pubnames (pubtype_table); } /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */ if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table)) { switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section); output_dcall_table (); } if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table)) { switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section); output_vcall_table (); } /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */ if (fde_table_in_use) { switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section); output_aranges (); } /* Output ranges section if necessary. */ if (ranges_table_in_use) { switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section); ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label); output_ranges (); } /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */ if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) { switch_to_section (debug_line_section); output_line_info (); } /* Have to end the macro section. */ if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) { switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit"); } /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string table too. */ if (debug_str_hash) htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL); } #else /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */ const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks = { 0, /* init */ 0, /* finish */ 0, /* assembly_start */ 0, /* define */ 0, /* undef */ 0, /* start_source_file */ 0, /* end_source_file */ 0, /* begin_block */ 0, /* end_block */ 0, /* ignore_block */ 0, /* source_line */ 0, /* begin_prologue */ 0, /* end_prologue */ 0, /* end_epilogue */ 0, /* begin_function */ 0, /* end_function */ 0, /* function_decl */ 0, /* global_decl */ 0, /* type_decl */ 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */ 0, /* deferred_inline_function */ 0, /* outlining_inline_function */ 0, /* label */ 0, /* handle_pch */ 0, /* var_location */ 0, /* switch_text_section */ 0, /* direct_call */ 0, /* virtual_call_token */ 0, /* copy_call_info */ 0, /* virtual_call */ 0, /* set_name */ 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */ }; #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */ #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"
Go to most recent revision | Compare with Previous | Blame | View Log